TWI628519B - Moving body apparatus, exposure apparatus, device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Moving body apparatus, exposure apparatus, device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI628519B
TWI628519B TW106119444A TW106119444A TWI628519B TW I628519 B TWI628519 B TW I628519B TW 106119444 A TW106119444 A TW 106119444A TW 106119444 A TW106119444 A TW 106119444A TW I628519 B TWI628519 B TW I628519B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
wafer
measurement
stage
measuring
exposure
Prior art date
Application number
TW106119444A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201734672A (en
Inventor
依田安史
Original Assignee
尼康股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 尼康股份有限公司 filed Critical 尼康股份有限公司
Publication of TW201734672A publication Critical patent/TW201734672A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI628519B publication Critical patent/TWI628519B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70058Mask illumination systems
    • G03F7/70133Measurement of illumination distribution, in pupil plane or field plane
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70733Handling masks and workpieces, e.g. exchange of workpiece or mask, transport of workpiece or mask
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70716Stages
    • G03F7/70725Stages control
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70775Position control, e.g. interferometers or encoders for determining the stage position
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/708Construction of apparatus, e.g. environment aspects, hygiene aspects or materials
    • G03F7/7085Detection arrangement, e.g. detectors of apparatus alignment possibly mounted on wafers, exposure dose, photo-cleaning flux, stray light, thermal load

Abstract

一種曝光裝置,具備:載台(WST1、WST2),能在既定平面內獨立移動,具有於載置晶圓(W)之面下方之位置分別設有光柵(RG)之台(WTB);以及測量載台(MST),能與載台(WST1、WST2)獨立在既定平面內移動,包含將能量束介由光學系統而接收之受光面,根據介由該受光面接收之能量束之受光結果進行與曝光相關聯之測量。於曝光站(200)及測量站(300),分別設有對載台(WST1或WST2)之光柵從下方照射測量光束,測量載台(WST1或WST2)所具有之台(WTB)之位置之第1、第2測量系統。 An exposure apparatus comprising: a stage (WST1, WST2) capable of independently moving in a predetermined plane, and having a grating (RG) (WTB) at a position below a surface on which the wafer (W) is placed; The measurement stage (MST) is movable independently of the stage (WST1, WST2) in a predetermined plane, and includes a light receiving surface that receives the energy beam through the optical system, and receives light according to the energy beam received through the light receiving surface. Perform measurements related to exposure. The exposure station (200) and the measuring station (300) are respectively provided with a grating for the stage (WST1 or WST2) to illuminate the measuring beam from below, and measure the position of the stage (WTB) of the stage (WST1 or WST2). First and second measurement systems.

Description

移動體裝置、曝光裝置、元件製造方法 Mobile device, exposure device, and component manufacturing method

本發明係關於曝光裝置及曝光方法、以及元件製造方法,特別是製造電子元件(微型元件)之微影製程中使用之曝光裝置及曝光方法、以及使用該曝光裝置及曝光方法之元件製造方法。 The present invention relates to an exposure apparatus and an exposure method, and a device manufacturing method, in particular, an exposure apparatus and an exposure method used in a lithography process for manufacturing an electronic component (micro component), and an element manufacturing method using the exposure apparatus and the exposure method.

一直以來,製造半導體元件(積體電路等)、液晶顯示元件等電子元件(微型元件)之微影製程,主要係使用步進重複(step & repeat)方式之投影曝光裝置(所謂的步進機)、或步進掃描(step & scan)方式之投影曝光裝置(所謂的掃描步進機(亦稱掃描機))等。 Conventionally, a lithography process for manufacturing electronic components (microdevices) such as semiconductor elements (integrated circuits, etc.) and liquid crystal display elements is mainly a step-and-repeat projection exposure apparatus (so-called stepping machine). ), or a step-and-scan type projection exposure device (so-called scanning stepper (also called scanner)).

此種曝光裝置,一般係使用雷射干涉儀測量保持被轉印(或形成)圖案之晶圓或玻璃板等基板(以下總稱為基板)並二維移動之晶圓載台的位置。然而,隨著近年半導體元件之高積體化使圖案微細化,而被要求更高精度之晶圓載台之位置控制性能,其結果,變得無法忽視因雷射干涉儀之光束路上之環境氣體之溫度變化及/或溫度梯度之影響所產生之空氣波動導致之測量值短期變動。 Such an exposure apparatus generally uses a laser interferometer to measure the position of a wafer stage on which a substrate such as a wafer or a glass plate (hereinafter collectively referred to as a substrate) to which a pattern is transferred (or formed) is moved and moved two-dimensionally. However, with the recent integration of semiconductor elements to make the pattern finer, and the position control performance of the wafer stage is required to be more precise, as a result, it becomes impossible to ignore the ambient gas on the beam path of the laser interferometer. Short-term changes in measured values due to air fluctuations due to temperature changes and/or temperature gradients.

為了改善此種問題,已提出了各種將具有與雷射干涉儀相同程度以上之測量分析能力之編碼器採用為晶圓載台之位置測量裝置之曝光 裝置之相關發明(參照例如專利文獻1)。然而,專利文獻1等所揭示之液浸曝光裝置中,仍有應改善之點,如因液體蒸發時之氣化熱等影響使晶圓載台(設於晶圓載台上面之光柵)有變形之虞。 In order to improve such problems, various types of encoders having the same degree of measurement and analysis capability as the laser interferometer have been proposed as exposures of position measuring devices for wafer stages. The invention related to the device (see, for example, Patent Document 1). However, in the immersion exposure apparatus disclosed in Patent Document 1 and the like, there is still a point to be improved, such as deformation of the wafer stage (grating provided on the wafer stage) due to the influence of vaporization heat during evaporation of the liquid. Hey.

作為改善此種問題者,已知有一種曝光裝置,係分別於進行晶圓曝光之曝光站與進行晶圓對準等測量動作之測量站具備編碼器系統,該編碼器系統係從設於由懸臂構成之測量臂前端之讀頭部對保持晶圓之台之背面所設之光柵照射測量光束(參照例如專利文獻2)。 As an improvement of such a problem, there is known an exposure apparatus including an encoder system for a measurement station that performs wafer exposure exposure and a measurement operation such as wafer alignment, and the encoder system is provided by The reading head at the front end of the measuring arm constituted by the cantilever illuminates the measuring beam with respect to the grating provided on the back surface of the wafer holding table (see, for example, Patent Document 2).

然而,專利文獻2所揭示之曝光裝置,係採用保持晶圓之微動載台(晶圓台)在例如兩個粗動載台間介由中繼構件(例如中間台或中繼載台等)被交換之構成。因此,有因該晶圓交換導致裝置產能降低之原因。隨著晶圓逐漸大型化,一旦到了即將到來之直徑450mm之450mm晶圓之時代,則產能會被要求更加提昇,可預測以上述之台交換方式難以應對。 However, the exposure apparatus disclosed in Patent Document 2 employs a micro-motion stage (wafer stage) that holds a wafer, for example, a relay member (for example, a middle stage or a relay stage, etc.) between two coarse movement stages. The composition of the exchange. Therefore, there is a reason for the decrease in the capacity of the device due to the wafer exchange. As wafers become larger, once the upcoming 450mm 450mm wafers are in the era, capacity will be increased, and it is predicted that it will be difficult to cope with the above-mentioned exchange.

先行技術文獻 Advanced technical literature

[專利文獻1]美國專利申請公開第2008/0088843號說明書 [Patent Document 1] US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0088843

[專利文獻2]美國專利申請公開第2010/0296070號說明書 [Patent Document 2] US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0296070

根據本發明之第1態樣,係提供一種第1曝光裝置,藉由能量束介由光學系統使物體曝光,其具備:第1及第2移動構件,能保持前述物體在包含進行前述能量束對前述物體之曝光之曝光站與從該曝光站在平行於既定平面之第1方向分離配置、對前述物體進行既定測量之測量站之前述既定平面內之區域內彼此獨立移動,且分別於載置前述物體之面之下方位置設有第1光柵;第1測量系統,設於前述曝光站,具有以前述第1方向作 為長度方向之第1測量構件,從該第1測量構件對前述第1及第2移動構件中位於前述曝光站之移動構件之前述第1光柵從下方照射第1測量光束,測量該移動構件之第1位置資訊;第2測量系統,設於前述測量站,具有以前述第1方向作為長度方向之第2測量構件,從該第2測量構件對前述第1及第2移動構件中位於前述測量站之移動構件之前述第1光柵從下方照射第2測量光束,測量該移動構件之第2位置資訊;第3移動構件,能與前述第1及第2移動構件獨立在前述既定平面內移動,設有包含介由前述光學系統接收前述能量束之受光面、根據介由前述受光面而接收之前述能量束之受光結果進行與曝光相關聯之測量之測量裝置之至少一部分光學構件;以及驅動系統,個別驅動前述第1、第2及第3移動構件。 According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a first exposure apparatus for exposing an object by an optical beam via an optical system, comprising: first and second moving members capable of holding the object to perform the energy beam An exposure station that exposes the object is moved independently of each other in an area within the predetermined plane of the measurement station that is disposed apart from the first direction parallel to the predetermined plane and that performs predetermined measurement on the object, and is respectively carried a first grating is disposed below the surface of the object; the first measurement system is disposed at the exposure station and has the first direction In the first measuring member in the longitudinal direction, the first measuring beam is irradiated from below to the first grating of the moving member located in the exposure station of the first and second moving members, and the moving member is measured. The first position information is provided in the measurement station, and includes a second measuring member having the first direction as a longitudinal direction, and the second measuring member is located in the first and second moving members. The first grating of the moving member of the station irradiates the second measuring beam from below, and measures the second position information of the moving member. The third moving member is movable in the predetermined plane independently of the first and second moving members. Provided with at least a portion of the optical member including a light receiving surface that receives the energy beam through the optical system, and a measurement device associated with exposure based on the light receiving result of the energy beam received through the light receiving surface; and a driving system The first, second, and third moving members are individually driven.

藉此,藉由驅動系統個別驅動第1、第2及第3移動構件,例如在保持曝光已結束之物體之第1移動構件及第2移動構件之一方從曝光站離開、保持已在測量站對物體進行既定測量之物體之第1移動構件及第2移動構件之另一方位於測量站與曝光站之間時,第3移動構件移動至光學系統下方。藉此,在保持於一方移動構件之物體之曝光結束後、至保持於另一方移動構件之物體之曝光開始為止之期間,能在曝光站,藉由測量裝置根據介由受光面接收之能量束之受光結果進行與曝光相關聯之測量。藉此,能利用在曝光與曝光之間之第1及第2移動構件之移動時間(及/或待機時間),進行必要之與曝光相關聯之測量。因此,能在不使產能降低之情形下,進行必要之與曝光相關聯之測量。 Thereby, the first, second, and third moving members are individually driven by the drive system, and for example, one of the first moving member and the second moving member that holds the object whose exposure has ended is separated from the exposure station and held at the measuring station. When the other of the first moving member and the second moving member that is the object to be measured for the object is located between the measuring station and the exposure station, the third moving member moves below the optical system. Thereby, after the exposure of the object held by one of the moving members is completed, and until the exposure of the object held by the other moving member is started, the energy beam received through the light receiving surface can be received by the measuring device at the exposure station. The light receiving result is measured in association with the exposure. Thereby, the measurement associated with the exposure can be performed by using the movement time (and/or standby time) of the first and second moving members between exposure and exposure. Therefore, it is possible to perform necessary measurement associated with exposure without reducing the throughput.

根據本發明之第2態樣,係提供一種元件製造方法,包含:使用上述第1曝光裝置使物體曝光的動作;以及使曝光後之前述物體顯影 的動作。 According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of manufacturing a device comprising: exposing an object using the first exposure device; and developing the object after exposure Actions.

根據本發明之第3態樣,係提供一種第2曝光裝置,係介由光學系統使基板曝光,其具備:第1、第2載台,分別具有於上面側設有前述基板之載置區域且於下面側設有第1格子構件之保持構件、以及以於前述第1格子構件下方形成空間之方式支承前述保持構件之本體部;第3載台,配置於介由前述光學系統進行前述基板之曝光之曝光站,與前述第1、第2載台不同;檢測系,配置於與前述曝光站不同之測量站,對前述基板照射檢測光束而檢測出前述基板之位置資訊;驅動系統統,移動前述第1、第2、第3載台,且使前述第1、第2載台分別從前述曝光站與前述測量站之一方移動至另一方;第1測量系統統,具有設於前述曝光站之第1讀頭部與設於前述測量站之第2讀頭部,介由以配置於前述曝光站之前述第1、第2載台之一方位於與前述光學系統對向處而配置於前述空間內之前述第1讀頭部,對前述第1格子構件從下方照射第1測量光束,以測量前述一方載台之位置資訊,且介由以配置於前述測量站之前述第1、第2載台之另一方位於與前述檢測系對向處而配置於前述空間內之前述第2讀頭部,對前述第1格子構件從下方照射第1測量光束,以測量前述另一方載台之位置資訊;以及控制器,為了使前述第1、第2載台分別在前述曝光站與前述測量站移動,而根據以前述第1測量系統統測量之位置資訊控制前述驅動系統統對前述第1、第2載台之驅動;前述控制器,係藉由前述驅動系統統使前述第1、第2載台分別以取代配置於前述空間內之前述第1、第2讀頭部之一方而配置前述第1、第2讀頭部之另一方之方式從前述曝光站與前述測量站之一方移動至另一方。 According to a third aspect of the present invention, there is provided a second exposure apparatus for exposing a substrate by an optical system, comprising: first and second stages, each having a mounting region on the upper surface side of the substrate a holding member for the first lattice member on the lower surface side and a main body portion for supporting the holding member so as to form a space below the first lattice member; and the third stage is disposed on the substrate via the optical system The exposure station is different from the first and second stages; the detection system is disposed at a measurement station different from the exposure station, and the detection signal is irradiated onto the substrate to detect the position information of the substrate; Moving the first, second, and third stages, and moving the first and second stages from one of the exposure station and the measurement station to the other; the first measurement system has the exposure The first read head of the station and the second read head provided in the measurement station are disposed at a position opposite to the optical system via one of the first and second stages disposed on the exposure station. The aforementioned space The first read head in the first lattice member irradiates the first measurement beam from below to measure the position information of the one stage, and the first and second loads are arranged in the measurement station. The other of the stages is located in the second read head disposed in the space opposite to the detection system, and the first grating member is irradiated with the first measurement beam from below to measure the position information of the other stage. And a controller that controls the drive system to control the first and the first according to the position information measured by the first measurement system in order to move the first and second stages to the exposure station and the measurement station, respectively. In the above-described controller, the first and second stages are arranged in the first and second stages, respectively, in place of one of the first and second read heads disposed in the space. 1. The other way of the second read head moves from the exposure station to one of the measurement stations to the other.

藉此,係藉由控制器,藉由驅動系統統使第1、第2載台分別以取代配置於前述空間內之第1、第2讀頭部之一方而配置前述第1、第2讀頭部之另一方之方式從曝光站與測量站之一方移動至另一方。 By the controller, the first and second stages are arranged by the drive system in place of one of the first and second read heads disposed in the space, and the first and second readings are arranged. The other way of the head moves from one of the exposure station and the measurement station to the other.

根據本發明之第4態樣,係提供一種元件製造方法,包含:使用上述第2曝光裝置使物體曝光的動作;以及使曝光後之前述物體顯影的動作。 According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of manufacturing a device comprising: an operation of exposing an object using the second exposure device; and an operation of developing the object after the exposure.

根據本發明之第5態樣,係提供一種曝光方法,係介由光學系統使基板曝光,其包含:使分別具有於上面側設有前述基板之載置區域且於下面側設有第1格子構件之保持構件與以於前述第1格子構件下方形成空間之方式支承前述保持構件之本體部的第1、第2載台之一方,在配置有與前述第1、第2載台不同之第3載台、介由前述光學系統進行前述基板之曝光之曝光站內,位於與前述光學系統對向處的動作;為了在前述曝光站內使前述一方載台移動,藉由介由位於與前述光學系統對向處之前述一方載台之前述空間內所配置之第1讀頭部,對前述第1格子構件從下方照射第1測量光束的第1測量系統統,測量前述一方載台之位置資訊的動作;為了在配置有對前述基板照射檢測光束而檢測出前述基板之位置資訊之檢測系且與前述曝光站不同之測量站內,使前述第1、第2載台之另一方移動,以介由位於與前述檢測系對向處之前述另一方載台之前述空間內所配置之第2讀頭部,對前述第1格子構件從下方照射第1測量光束的第1測量系統統,測量前述另一方載台之位置資訊的動作;以及以從前述測量站移動至前述曝光站之前述另一方載台位於與前述光學系統對向處而取代前述一方載台之方式,接續於為了從前述空間內使前述第1讀頭部退出之前述一方 載台之移動,使前述另一方載台移動以使前述第1讀頭部進入前述空間內的動作。 According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, there is provided an exposure method for exposing a substrate by an optical system, comprising: respectively providing a mounting region having the substrate on an upper surface side and a first lattice on a lower surface side; The member holding member and one of the first and second stages that support the main body portion of the holding member so as to form a space below the first lattice member are different from the first and second stages. a 3 stage, an exposure station in which the substrate is exposed by the optical system, located in a position opposite to the optical system; and in order to move the one stage in the exposure station, by being placed in correspondence with the optical system The operation of measuring the position information of the one stage of the first measurement system in which the first measurement element is irradiated with the first measurement beam from the first read head disposed in the space of the one of the first stages The first and second steps are performed in a measurement station different from the exposure station in a detection station in which a detection signal for detecting the position information of the substrate is detected by irradiating a detection beam to the substrate The other of the stages moves to illuminate the first measuring beam from below with respect to the first reading head disposed in the space of the other of the other stages facing the detection system. a first measurement system that measures the position information of the other stage; and the other stage that moves from the measurement station to the exposure station is located opposite the optical system instead of the one of the stages The method is continued from the aforementioned side in order to withdraw the first read head from the space The movement of the stage causes the other stage to move to cause the first read head to enter the space.

根據本發明之第6態樣,係提供一種元件製造方法,包含:使用上述曝光方法使基板曝光的動作;以及使前述曝光後之基板顯影的動作。 According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of manufacturing a device comprising: an operation of exposing a substrate using the above exposure method; and an operation of developing the exposed substrate.

8‧‧‧局部液浸裝置 8‧‧‧Local liquid immersion device

10‧‧‧照明系 10‧‧‧Lighting

11‧‧‧標線片載台驅動系統統 11‧‧‧The reticle stage drive system

17‧‧‧線圈 17‧‧‧ coil

18‧‧‧永久磁石 18‧‧‧ permanent magnet

34‧‧‧曝光座標組用測量系統 34‧‧‧Measurement system for exposure coordinate group

35‧‧‧測量座標組用測量系統 35‧‧‧Measurement system for measuring coordinate sets

36a,36b,36c,36d‧‧‧影像感測器 36a, 36b, 36c, 36d‧‧‧ image sensor

38a,38b,38c,38d,38e,38f‧‧‧Z感測器 38a, 38b, 38c, 38d, 38e, 38f‧‧‧Z sensors

51A、51B‧‧‧粗動載台驅動系統 51A, 51B‧‧‧ coarse motion stage drive system

51C‧‧‧測量載台驅動系統 51C‧‧‧Measuring stage drive system

70A‧‧‧第1背側編碼器系統 70A‧‧‧1st back side encoder system

70B‧‧‧第2背側編碼器系統 70B‧‧‧2nd back side encoder system

71A‧‧‧測量臂 71A‧‧‧Measurement arm

71B‧‧‧測量臂 71B‧‧‧Measurement arm

80D‧‧‧測量系統 80D‧‧‧Measurement System

90a,90b‧‧‧焦點位置檢測系 90a, 90b‧‧‧ Focus Position Detection System

100‧‧‧曝光裝置 100‧‧‧Exposure device

200‧‧‧曝光站 200‧‧‧Exposure Station

300‧‧‧測量站 300‧‧‧Measurement station

W‧‧‧晶圓 W‧‧‧ wafer

R‧‧‧標線片 R‧‧‧ reticle

RG‧‧‧光柵 RG‧‧·raster

ALG‧‧‧對準檢測系 ALG‧‧‧Alignment Detection System

MST‧‧‧測量載台 MST‧‧‧Measuring stage

WCS‧‧‧粗動載台 WCS‧‧‧ coarse moving stage

WFS‧‧‧微動載台 WFS‧‧‧Micro Motion Stage

WST1、WST2‧‧‧晶圓載台 WST1, WST2‧‧‧ wafer stage

圖1係概略顯示一實施形態之曝光裝置之構成的圖。 Fig. 1 is a view schematically showing the configuration of an exposure apparatus according to an embodiment.

圖2係概略顯示圖1之曝光裝置之概略俯視圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic plan view showing the exposure apparatus of Fig. 1;

圖3(A)係顯示圖1之晶圓載台之俯視圖,圖3(B)係從-Y方向觀看晶圓載台之圖(前視圖)。 3(A) is a plan view showing the wafer stage of FIG. 1, and FIG. 3(B) is a view (front view) of the wafer stage viewed from the -Y direction.

圖4(A)係從-Y方向觀看圖1之測量載台之圖(前視圖),圖4(B)係顯示測量載台MST之俯視圖。 4(A) is a view (front view) of the measurement stage of FIG. 1 viewed from the -Y direction, and FIG. 4(B) is a plan view showing the measurement stage MST.

圖5係以投影光學系統為基準顯示圖1之曝光裝置所具備之第1至第3頂側編碼器系統、對準檢測系、AF系等之配置的圖。 Fig. 5 is a view showing the arrangement of the first to third top side encoder systems, the alignment detecting system, the AF system, and the like provided in the exposure apparatus of Fig. 1 based on the projection optical system.

圖6係顯示以一實施形態之曝光裝置之控制系為中心構成之主控制裝置之輸出入關係的方塊圖。 Fig. 6 is a block diagram showing the input/output relationship of the main control device centered on the control system of the exposure apparatus of the embodiment.

圖7係顯示圖6之第1、第2微動載台位置測量系統之具體構成一例的圖。 Fig. 7 is a view showing an example of a specific configuration of the first and second fine movement stage position measuring systems of Fig. 6;

圖8(A)係顯示第1背側編碼器系統之測量臂前端部的立體圖,圖8(B)係顯示圖8(A)之測量臂前端部的俯視圖。 Fig. 8(A) is a perspective view showing the distal end portion of the measuring arm of the first back side encoder system, and Fig. 8(B) is a plan view showing the distal end portion of the measuring arm of Fig. 8(A).

圖9係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處 理動作的圖(其1)。 Figure 9 is a diagram for explaining the parallel use of the wafer stage WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST. Diagram of the action (1).

圖10係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其2)。 Fig. 10 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (2).

圖11係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其3)。 Fig. 11 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (3).

圖12係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其4)。 Fig. 12 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (4).

圖13係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其5)。 Fig. 13 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (5).

圖14係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其6)。 Fig. 14 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (6).

圖15係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其7)。 Fig. 15 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (7).

圖16係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其8)。 Fig. 16 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (8).

圖17係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其9)。 Fig. 17 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (9).

圖18係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其10)。 Fig. 18 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (10).

圖19係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其11)。 Fig. 19 is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (11).

圖20係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行 處理動作的圖(其12)。 Figure 20 is a diagram for explaining the parallel use of the wafer stage WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST. A diagram of the processing action (12).

圖21係用以說明變形例之曝光裝置構成之圖且係用以說明使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其1)。 21 is a view for explaining the configuration of an exposure apparatus according to a modification, and is a view for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST (No. 1).

圖22係用以說明以變形例之曝光裝置進行之使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其2)。 Fig. 22 is a view (2) for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST by the exposure apparatus of the modification.

圖23係用以說明以變形例之曝光裝置進行之使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其3)。 Fig. 23 is a view (No. 3) for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST by the exposure apparatus of the modification.

圖24係用以說明以變形例之曝光裝置進行之使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理動作的圖(其4)。 Fig. 24 is a view (4) for explaining a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST by the exposure apparatus of the modification.

以下,根據圖1~圖20說明一實施形態。 Hereinafter, an embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 1 to 20 .

圖1中概略顯示了一實施形態之曝光裝置100之構成,圖2顯示了曝光裝置100之概略俯視圖。曝光裝置100係步進掃描(step & scan)方式之投影曝光裝置、即所謂之掃描機。如後所述,本實施形態中,設有投影光學系統PL。以下,將與此投影光學系統PL之光軸AX平行之方向設為Z軸方向(Z方向)、將在與此正交之面內標線片R與晶圓W相對掃描之方向設為Y軸方向(Y方向)、將與Z軸及Y軸正交之方向設為X軸方向(X方向),並將繞X軸、Y軸及Z軸之旋轉(傾斜)方向分別設為θx、θy及θz方向來進行說明。 FIG. 1 schematically shows the configuration of an exposure apparatus 100 according to an embodiment, and FIG. 2 shows a schematic plan view of the exposure apparatus 100. The exposure apparatus 100 is a step-and-scan type projection exposure apparatus, that is, a so-called scanner. As will be described later, in the present embodiment, the projection optical system PL is provided. Hereinafter, a direction parallel to the optical axis AX of the projection optical system PL is referred to as a Z-axis direction (Z direction), and a direction in which the reticle R and the wafer W are scanned in the plane orthogonal thereto is set to Y. In the axial direction (Y direction), the direction orthogonal to the Z axis and the Y axis is set to the X axis direction (X direction), and the rotation (tilt) directions around the X axis, the Y axis, and the Z axis are respectively set to θx, The directions of θy and θz will be described.

曝光裝置100,如圖1所示,具備配置於底盤12上之+Y側端部附近之曝光部200、配置於底盤12上之-Y側端部附近之測量部300、在底盤12上獨立在XY平面內二維移動之兩個晶圓載台WST1、WST2及一 個測量載台MST、以及此等之控制系等。以下,為了說明方便,作為顯示曝光部200、測量部300各個之場所之用語,使用與曝光部、測量部相同之符號稱為曝光站200、測量站300。 As shown in FIG. 1, the exposure apparatus 100 includes an exposure unit 200 disposed near the +Y side end portion of the chassis 12, and a measurement unit 300 disposed near the Y-side end portion of the chassis 12, and is independent on the chassis 12. Two wafer stages WST1, WST2 and one moving two-dimensionally in the XY plane Measurement stations MST, and such control systems. Hereinafter, for the convenience of explanation, the same reference numerals as those of the exposure unit and the measurement unit are referred to as the exposure station 200 and the measurement station 300.

底盤12,係藉由防振機構(省略圖示)大致水平地(與XY平面平行地)支承於地面上。底盤12由具有平板狀外形之構件構成。此外,圖1中,晶圓載台WST1位於曝光站200,晶圓載台WST2位於測量站300,於晶圓載台WST1、WST2(更詳細而言係後述之晶圓台WTB)上保持有晶圓W。又,測量載台MST位於曝光站200內或其近旁。測量載台MST在分別使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2之晶圓W之曝光動作中以不與在投影光學系統PL下方移動之晶圓載台WST1、WST2接觸之方式位於從投影光學系統PL下方離開之既定位置(退避位置或待機位置)。又,在晶圓W之曝光動作結束前,測量載台MST以對在投影光學系統PL下方移動之晶圓載台WST1、WST2接近之方式相對移動,最遲在曝光動作之結束時點,一方之晶圓載台與測量載台MST位於彼此接近(或接觸)之位置。進而,已彼此接近之一方之晶圓載台與測量載台MST相對投影光學系統PL移動,測量載台MST取代一方之晶圓載台而與投影光學系統PL對向配置。此外,用以使一方之晶圓載台與測量載台MST彼此接近並定位之相對移動動作之至少一部分亦可在晶圓W之曝光動作後進行。 The chassis 12 is supported on the ground substantially horizontally (parallel to the XY plane) by an anti-vibration mechanism (not shown). The chassis 12 is composed of a member having a flat outer shape. Further, in FIG. 1, the wafer stage WST1 is located in the exposure station 200, the wafer stage WST2 is located in the measurement station 300, and the wafer W is held on the wafer stages WST1, WST2 (more specifically, the wafer table WTB described later). . Again, the measurement stage MST is located in or near the exposure station 200. The measurement stage MST is located below the projection optical system PL so as not to be in contact with the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 moving under the projection optical system PL in the exposure operation using the wafers W of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2, respectively. The established position (retracted position or standby position). Further, before the exposure operation of the wafer W is completed, the measurement stage MST relatively moves so as to approach the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 moving under the projection optical system PL, and at the latest at the end of the exposure operation, one crystal The circular stage and the measurement stage MST are located close to each other (or in contact). Further, the wafer stage and the measurement stage MST which are close to each other are moved relative to the projection optical system PL, and the measurement stage MST is disposed opposite to the projection optical system PL instead of the wafer stage. Further, at least a part of the relative movement operation for bringing one of the wafer stage and the measurement stage MST close to each other and positioning may be performed after the exposure operation of the wafer W.

曝光部200具備照明系10、標線片載台RST、投影單元PU、以及局部液浸裝置8等。 The exposure unit 200 includes an illumination system 10, a reticle stage RST, a projection unit PU, a partial liquid immersion device 8, and the like.

照明系10,例如美國發明專利申請公開第2003/0025890號說明書等所揭示,包含光源與具有光學積分器等之照度均一化光學系統及 標線片遮簾等(均未圖示)之照明光學系統。照明系10,係籍由照明光(曝光用光)IL,以大致均一之照度來照明被標線片遮簾(亦稱遮罩系統)設定(限制)之標線片R上之狹縫狀照明區域IAR。此處,作為照明光IL,例如係使用ArF準分子雷射光(波長193nm)。 Illumination system 10, for example, disclosed in the specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0025890, etc., comprising a light source and an illuminance uniformizing optical system having an optical integrator and the like An illumination optical system such as a reticle blind or the like (none of which is shown). The illumination system 10 is characterized by illumination light (exposure light) IL, which illuminates the slit shape on the reticle R set (restricted) by the reticle blind (also called the mask system) with substantially uniform illumination. Lighting area IAR. Here, as the illumination light IL, for example, ArF excimer laser light (wavelength: 193 nm) is used.

於標線片載台RST上,於其圖案面(圖1之下面)形成有電路圖案等之標線片R被以例如真空吸附加以固定。標線片載台RST,能藉由包含例如線性馬達等之標線片載台驅動系統統11(圖1中未圖示,參照圖16)在XY平面內微幅驅動,且於掃描方向(圖1中紙面內左右方向之Y軸方向)以既定掃描速度驅動。 On the reticle stage RST, the reticle R on which the circuit pattern or the like is formed on the pattern surface (below the FIG. 1) is fixed by, for example, vacuum suction. The reticle stage RST can be micro-amplified in the XY plane by a reticle stage driving system 11 (not shown in FIG. 1 , for example, a linear motor), and in the scanning direction ( The Y-axis direction in the left-right direction of the paper surface in Fig. 1 is driven at a predetermined scanning speed.

標線片載台RST之XY平面內之位置資訊(含θz方向之旋轉資訊),係以標線片雷射干涉儀(以下稱「標線片干涉儀」)13,介由固定於標線片載台RST之移動鏡15(實際上設有具有正交於Y軸方向之反射面之Y移動鏡(或後向反射器)與具有正交於X軸方向之反射面之x移動鏡)以例如0.25nm程度之分析能力隨時加以檢測。標線片干涉儀13之測量值被送至主控制裝置20(圖1中未圖示,參照圖6)。又,亦可取代標線片干涉儀13而使用揭示於例如美國發明專利第7,839,485號等之編碼器來測量標線片載台RST之位置資訊。此情形下,亦可將形成格子之格子構件(標尺板或網格板)與編碼器讀頭中之一方設於標線片載台RST之下面側,將另一方配置於標線片載台RST下方,或將格子部與編碼器讀頭中之一方設於標線片載台RST之上面側,將另一方配置於標線片載台RST上方。又,標線片載台RST亦可係與後述之晶圓載台WST同樣的是粗微動構造。 The position information (including the rotation information in the θz direction) of the reticle stage RST in the XY plane is fixed by the reticle laser interferometer (hereinafter referred to as "the reticle interferometer") 13 Moving mirror 15 of the wafer stage RST (actually, a Y moving mirror (or a retroreflector) having a reflecting surface orthogonal to the Y-axis direction and an x moving mirror having a reflecting surface orthogonal to the X-axis direction) It is detected at any time with an analytical capability of, for example, 0.25 nm. The measured value of the reticle interferometer 13 is sent to the main control unit 20 (not shown in Fig. 1, see Fig. 6). Further, instead of the reticle interferometer 13, the position information of the reticle stage RST can be measured using an encoder disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 7,839,485. In this case, one of the lattice members (scale plate or grid plate) forming the lattice and the encoder read head may be disposed on the lower side of the reticle stage RST, and the other side may be disposed on the reticle stage. Below the RST, one of the grid portion and the encoder read head is placed on the upper side of the reticle stage RST, and the other is placed above the reticle stage RST. Further, the reticle stage RST may have a coarse fretting structure similar to the wafer stage WST described later.

投影單元PU配置於標線片載台RST之圖1中之下方。投影 單元PU,藉由被未圖示支承構件水平支承之主支架(度量衡支架)BD介由設於其外周部之突緣部FLG支承。主支架BD構成搭載照明光學系統至少一部分或標線片載台RST之曝光裝置100之本體支架之一部分,本實施形態中,藉由分別介由防振機構配置於設置面(例如地面等)之複數個(例如三個或四個)支承構件(未圖示)支承。此外,於設置面亦配置後述之底盤12等。又,防振機構亦可配置於各支承構件與主支架BD之間。再者,亦可如例如國際公開第2006/038952號所揭示,相對配置於投影單元PU上方之本體支架之一部分懸吊支承投影單元PU。 The projection unit PU is disposed below the reticle stage RST in FIG. projection The unit PU is supported by a flange portion FLG provided on the outer peripheral portion thereof by a main bracket (Metric Weight Bracket) BD horizontally supported by a support member (not shown). The main bracket BD constitutes a part of the main body bracket of the exposure apparatus 100 on which at least a part of the illumination optical system or the reticle stage RST is mounted. In the present embodiment, the main bracket BD is disposed on the installation surface (for example, the ground, etc.) via the anti-vibration mechanism. A plurality of (for example, three or four) support members (not shown) are supported. Further, a chassis 12 and the like which will be described later are also disposed on the installation surface. Further, the vibration isolation mechanism may be disposed between each of the support members and the main bracket BD. Further, the projection unit PU may be suspended and supported by a portion of the body holder disposed above the projection unit PU, as disclosed in, for example, International Publication No. 2006/038952.

投影單元PU包含鏡筒40、與被保持於鏡筒40內之投影光學系統PL。作為投影光學系統PL,係使用例如由沿與Z軸平行之光軸AX排列之複數個光學元件(透鏡元件)構成之折射光學系統統。投影光學系統PL係例如兩側遠心且具有既定投影倍率(例如1/4倍、1/5倍或1/8倍等)。因此,若以來自照明系10之照明光IL照明標線片R上之照明區域IAR,藉由通過投影光學系統PL之第1面(物體面)與圖案面大致一致配置之標線片R之照明光IL,經由投影光學系統PL(投影單元PU)將該照明區域IAR內之標線片R之電路圖案之縮小像(電路圖案之部分縮小像),即形成於配置於投影光學系統PL之第2面(像面)側、於表面塗布有光阻(感應劑)之晶圓W上之與前述照明區域IAR共軛之區域(以下亦稱曝光區域)IA。接著,藉由標線片載台RST與晶圓載台WST1或WST2(更正確而言,係保持晶圓W之後述之微動載台WFS)之同步驅動,相對照明區域IAR(照明光IL)使標線片R移動於掃描方向(Y軸方向),並相對曝光區域IA(照明光IL)使晶圓W移動於掃描方向(Y軸方向),以進行晶圓W上之一個照射區域(區劃區域)之掃描 曝光,於該照射區域轉印標線片R之圖案。亦即,本實施形態中係以照明系10及投影光學系統PL於晶圓W上生成標線片R之圖案,以照明光IL使晶圓W上之感應層(光阻層)曝光以於晶圓W上形成其圖案。 The projection unit PU includes a lens barrel 40 and a projection optical system PL held in the lens barrel 40. As the projection optical system PL, for example, a refractive optical system composed of a plurality of optical elements (lens elements) arranged along an optical axis AX parallel to the Z-axis is used. The projection optical system PL is, for example, telecentric on both sides and has a predetermined projection magnification (for example, 1/4, 1/5 or 1/8, etc.). Therefore, when the illumination area IAR on the reticle R is illuminated by the illumination light IL from the illumination system 10, the reticle R disposed substantially in line with the pattern surface by the first surface (object surface) of the projection optical system PL The illumination light IL is formed in the projection optical system PL by reducing the circuit pattern of the reticle R in the illumination area IAR (the portion of the circuit pattern is reduced) via the projection optical system PL (projection unit PU). On the second surface (image surface) side, a region (hereinafter also referred to as an exposure region) IA which is conjugated to the illumination region IAR on the wafer W on which the photoresist (sensor) is applied. Then, by the reticle stage RST and the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 (more precisely, the micro-motion stage WFS which is described later to hold the wafer W), the relative illumination area IAR (illumination light IL) is made. The reticle R moves in the scanning direction (Y-axis direction), and moves the wafer W in the scanning direction (Y-axis direction) with respect to the exposure area IA (illumination light IL) to perform an irradiation area on the wafer W (division) Area) scan Exposure, the pattern of the reticle R is transferred in the irradiation area. That is, in the present embodiment, the illumination system 10 and the projection optical system PL generate a pattern of the reticle R on the wafer W, and the illumination layer IL exposes the sensing layer (photoresist layer) on the wafer W. A pattern is formed on the wafer W.

局部液浸裝置8係對應曝光裝置100進行液浸方式之曝光而設置。局部液浸裝置8,包含液體供應裝置5、液體回收裝置6(圖1中皆未圖示,參照圖6)及嘴單元32等。嘴單元32,如圖1所示,以圍繞構成投影光學系統PL之最像面側(晶圓W側)之光學元件、此處係圍繞保持透鏡(以下,亦稱「前端透鏡」或「最終透鏡」)191之鏡筒40下端部周圍之方式,經由未圖示之支承構件懸吊支承於支承投影單元PU等之主支架BD。嘴單元32,具備液體Lq之供應口及回收口、與晶圓W對向配置且設有回收口之下面、以及分別與液體供應管31A及液體回收管31B(圖1中皆未圖示,參照圖4)連接之供應流路及回收流路。於液體供應管31A,連接有其一端連接於液體供應裝置5(圖1中未圖示、參照圖6)之未圖示供應管的另一端,於液體回收管31B,連接有其一端連接於液體回收裝置6(圖1中未圖示、參照圖6)之未圖示回收管的另一端。又,嘴單元32於其內部具有供應流路與回收流路,液體供應管31A與液體回收管31B分別介由供應流路與回收流路連接於供應口與回收口。進而,嘴單元32於其下面具有從投影光學系統PL射出之照明光IL通過之開口部,回收口配置於該開口部周圍。本實施形態中,雖於包圍前端透鏡之嘴單元32之內側面設有供應口,但亦可在嘴單元32下面側相對開口部於較回收口內側處設置與該供應口不同之供應口。 The partial liquid immersion device 8 is provided corresponding to exposure of the exposure device 100 by liquid immersion. The partial liquid immersion device 8 includes a liquid supply device 5, a liquid recovery device 6 (not shown in Fig. 1, see Fig. 6), a nozzle unit 32, and the like. The nozzle unit 32, as shown in FIG. 1, surrounds the optical element constituting the most image side (wafer W side) of the projection optical system PL, and here surrounds the holding lens (hereinafter, also referred to as "front lens" or "final The lens holder 191 is suspended around the lower end portion of the lens barrel 40 and supported by a main holder BD that supports the projection unit PU or the like via a support member (not shown). The nozzle unit 32 includes a supply port and a recovery port of the liquid Lq, a lower side of the wafer W disposed opposite to the wafer W, and a liquid supply pipe 31A and a liquid recovery pipe 31B (not shown in FIG. 1 ). Referring to Fig. 4), the supply flow path and the recovery flow path are connected. The other end of the supply pipe (not shown) connected to the liquid supply device 5 (not shown in FIG. 1 and see FIG. 6) is connected to the liquid supply pipe 31A, and one end of the liquid recovery pipe 31B is connected to the liquid recovery pipe 31B. The other end of the recovery pipe is not shown in the liquid recovery device 6 (not shown in Fig. 1 and referred to Fig. 6). Further, the nozzle unit 32 has a supply flow path and a recovery flow path therein, and the liquid supply pipe 31A and the liquid recovery pipe 31B are connected to the supply port and the recovery port via the supply flow path and the recovery flow path, respectively. Further, the nozzle unit 32 has an opening through which the illumination light IL emitted from the projection optical system PL passes, and a recovery port is disposed around the opening. In the present embodiment, the supply port is provided on the inner side surface of the nozzle unit 32 surrounding the distal end lens. However, a supply port different from the supply port may be provided on the lower surface side of the nozzle unit 32 with respect to the opening portion at the inner side of the recovery port.

本實施形態中,主控制裝置20控制液體供應裝置5(參照圖6)經由液體供應管31A及嘴單元32將液體供應至前端透鏡191與晶圓W之 間,並控制液體回收裝置6(參照圖6)經由嘴單元32及液體回收管31B從前端透鏡191與晶圓W之間回收液體。此時,主控制裝置20係以所供應之液體之量與所回收之液體之量恆相等之方式控制液體供應裝置5與液體回收裝置6。因此,在前端透鏡191與晶圓W之間隨時交換保持有一定量之液體Lq(參照圖1)。局部液浸裝置8,能藉由透過嘴單元32供應之液體Lq於投影光學系統PL下形成液浸區域,且介由嘴單元32從液浸區域回收液體,僅於晶圓W之一部分保持液體Lq、亦即於與投影光學系統PL對向配置之晶圓載台WST1、WST2(微動載台WFS)上面進而較晶圓W之表面小之局部區域內保持液體Lq而形成液浸區域。因此,嘴單元32亦能稱為液浸構件、液浸空間形成構件、liquid confinement member、或liquid containment member等。本實施形態中,作為上述液體係使用能使ArF準分子雷射光(波長193nm之光)透射之純水。此外,純水對ArF準分子雷射光之折射率n為大致1.44,於純水中,照明光IL之波長,係縮短至193nm×1/n=約134nm。 In the present embodiment, the main control device 20 controls the liquid supply device 5 (refer to FIG. 6) to supply the liquid to the front end lens 191 and the wafer W via the liquid supply tube 31A and the nozzle unit 32. The liquid recovery device 6 (see FIG. 6) is controlled to recover liquid from between the front end lens 191 and the wafer W via the nozzle unit 32 and the liquid recovery pipe 31B. At this time, the main control unit 20 controls the liquid supply device 5 and the liquid recovery device 6 in such a manner that the amount of the supplied liquid is equal to the amount of the recovered liquid. Therefore, a certain amount of liquid Lq is exchanged between the front end lens 191 and the wafer W at any time (refer to FIG. 1). The partial liquid immersion device 8 can form a liquid immersion area under the projection optical system PL by the liquid Lq supplied through the nozzle unit 32, and recover the liquid from the liquid immersion area via the nozzle unit 32, and maintain the liquid only in one part of the wafer W. Lq, that is, a liquid immersion area is formed by holding the liquid Lq in a partial region on the wafer stage WST1, WST2 (micro-motion stage WFS) disposed opposite to the projection optical system PL and further on the surface of the wafer W. Therefore, the nozzle unit 32 can also be referred to as a liquid immersion member, a liquid immersion space forming member, a liquid confinement member, or a liquid containment member. In the present embodiment, pure water capable of transmitting ArF excimer laser light (light having a wavelength of 193 nm) is used as the liquid system. Further, the refractive index n of the pure water to the ArF excimer laser light is approximately 1.44, and in pure water, the wavelength of the illumination light IL is shortened to 193 nm × 1 / n = about 134 nm.

本實施形態中,雖係將嘴單元32懸吊支承於主支架BD,但亦可於與主支架BD不同之支架構件、例如與主支架BD另外獨立配置於前述設置面之支架構件設置嘴單元32。藉此,能抑制或防止從嘴單元32傳達至投影光學系統PL之振動。又,亦可使在嘴單元32下面側與液體Lq(液浸區域之界面)接觸之嘴單元32一部分為可動,在晶圓載台WST1或WST2之移動時,以晶圓載台WST1或WST2與嘴單元32之相對速度變小之方式使嘴單元32之一部分移動。藉此,可抑制或防止特別是在晶圓W之曝光動作中液體Lq一部分從液浸區域分離而殘留於晶圓載台WST1或WST2上面或晶圓W之表面。此情形下,雖亦可在晶圓載台WST1或WST2之移動中隨 時使嘴單元32之一部分移動,但亦可在曝光動作之一部分、例如僅在晶圓載台WST1或WST2之步進動作使嘴單元32之一部分移動。又,嘴單元32之一部分亦可係例如具有回收口與下面之至少一部分之可動單元、或係能相對嘴單元32移動且具有與液體接觸之下面之板件等。 In the present embodiment, the nozzle unit 32 is suspended and supported by the main bracket BD, but a bracket member different from the main bracket BD, for example, a bracket member provided separately from the main bracket BD on the installation surface may be provided. 32. Thereby, the vibration transmitted from the nozzle unit 32 to the projection optical system PL can be suppressed or prevented. Further, a part of the nozzle unit 32 that is in contact with the liquid Lq (the interface of the liquid immersion area) on the lower side of the nozzle unit 32 may be movable, and when the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 moves, the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 and the mouth may be used. The manner in which the relative speed of the unit 32 becomes smaller causes a portion of the nozzle unit 32 to move. Thereby, it is possible to suppress or prevent a part of the liquid Lq from being separated from the liquid immersion area particularly in the exposure operation of the wafer W, and remaining on the wafer table WST1 or WST2 or on the surface of the wafer W. In this case, it can also be used in the movement of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2. When one of the nozzle units 32 is moved, one of the nozzle units 32 can be moved in one of the exposure operations, for example, only in the stepping operation of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2. Further, a part of the nozzle unit 32 may be, for example, a movable unit having a recovery port and at least a portion of the lower portion, or a plate member movable relative to the nozzle unit 32 and having a lower surface in contact with the liquid.

此外,於曝光部200具備第1微動載台位置測量系統110A,其包含具有從主支架BD介由支承構件72A被以大致懸臂狀態支承(支承一端部近旁)之測量臂71A之第1背側編碼器系統70A與後述之第1頂側編碼器系統80A(圖1中未圖示、參照圖16等)。其中,為了說明之方便,關於第1微動載台位置測量系統110A係留待後述之微動載台之說明後再予說明。 Further, the exposure unit 200 includes a first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A including a first back side of the measuring arm 71A that is supported by the main support BD from the support member 72A in a substantially cantilever state (near the one end portion). The encoder system 70A and a first top side encoder system 80A (not shown in FIG. 1, see FIG. 16 and the like) which will be described later. Here, for convenience of explanation, the first micro-motion stage position measuring system 110A will be described after the description of the fine movement stage to be described later.

測量部300具備:設於主支架BD之對準檢測系ALG、設於主支架BD之焦點位置檢測系統(以下,簡稱為AF系)(90a,90b)(圖1中未圖示,參照圖6等)、以及包含具有從主支架BD介由支承構件72B被以大致懸臂狀態支承(支承一端部近旁)之測量臂71B之第2背側編碼器系統70B與後述之第2頂側編碼器系統80B(圖1中未圖示、參照圖6等)的第2微動載台位置測量系統110B。此外,為了說明之方便,關於第2微動載台位置測量系統110B係留待後述之微動載台之說明後再予說明。又,對準檢測系ALG亦稱為標記檢測系或對準裝置等。 The measurement unit 300 includes an alignment detection system ALG provided in the main holder BD, and a focus position detection system (hereinafter abbreviated as AF system) (90a, 90b) provided in the main holder BD (not shown in FIG. 6 and the like, and a second back side encoder system 70B including a measuring arm 71B that is supported by the main support BD via the support member 72B in a substantially cantilever state (supporting the one end portion), and a second top side encoder to be described later The second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B of the system 80B (not shown in Fig. 1, see Fig. 6 and the like). In addition, for the convenience of explanation, the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B will be described after the description of the fine movement stage to be described later. Further, the alignment detection system ALG is also referred to as a mark detection system, an alignment device, or the like.

對準檢測系ALG,係如圖2及圖5所示,在通過投影單元PU之中心(投影光學系統PL之光軸AX、本實施形態中亦與前述曝光區域IA之中心一致)且與Y軸平行之直線(以下稱為基準軸)LV上,以檢測中心位於自光軸AX往-Y側相隔既定距離之位置之狀態配置。作為對準檢測系 ALG,可使用例如影像處理方式之FIA(Field Image Alignment(場像對準))系統,其能將不會使晶圓上之光阻感光的寬頻檢測光束照射於對象標記,並以攝影元件(CCD(電荷耦合裝置)等)拍攝藉由來自該對象標記之反射光而成像於受光面的對象標記之像、以及未圖示之指標(設於各對準系內之指標板上的指標圖案)像,並輸出該等之拍攝訊號。來自對準檢測系ALG之攝影訊號,係供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖6)。此外,亦可使用揭示於例如美國發明專利申請公開第2009/0233234號說明書般、檢測區域設定在X方向上不同位置之複數個標記檢測系作為對準檢測系ALG。又,對準檢測系ALG不限於攝影方式,亦可係例如將同調測量光罩設於對準標記(繞射格子),並檢測從該標記產生之繞射光之方式等。 As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 5, the alignment detection system ALG is at the center of the projection unit PU (the optical axis AX of the projection optical system PL, and also in the present embodiment, also coincides with the center of the exposure area IA) and Y. The straight line parallel to the axis (hereinafter referred to as a reference axis) LV is disposed in a state where the detection center is located at a predetermined distance from the optical axis AX to the -Y side. Alignment detection system The ALG can use, for example, an image processing method FIA (Field Image Alignment) system, which can illuminate a target detection mark with a broadband detection beam that does not cause photoresist on the wafer, and uses a photographic element ( a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like) captures an image of a target mark imaged on the light receiving surface by reflected light from the target mark, and an indicator (not shown) (an indicator pattern provided on an index plate in each alignment system) ) like, and output the shooting signals of these. The photographing signal from the alignment detecting system ALG is supplied to the main control device 20 (refer to FIG. 6). Further, a plurality of mark detection systems whose detection areas are set at different positions in the X direction, as disclosed in the specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0233234, may be used as the alignment detection system ALG. Further, the alignment detecting system ALG is not limited to the photographing method, and may be, for example, a method in which a coherent measuring photomask is provided on an alignment mark (a diffraction grating), and a diffracted light generated from the mark is detected.

作為AF系,如圖2及圖5所示設有由送光系90a及受光系90b構成之斜入射方式的焦點位置檢測系。與AF系(90a、90b)相同之焦點位置檢測系(焦點位置檢測機構)揭示於例如美國發明專利第5,448,332號說明書中之第3實施形態中。此AF系(90a、90b),係求出被檢測面之光軸AX方向之位置(亦即,最佳成像面起之散焦量)。本實施形態中,作為其一例,送光系90a及受光系90b係於往通過對準檢測系ALG之檢測中心之與X軸平行之直線(基準軸)LA上相對基準軸LV配置成對稱。送光系90a與受光系90b之X軸方向之間隔,設定為較晶圓W之直徑小之間隔。 As the AF system, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, an oblique incident type focus position detecting system including a light transmitting system 90a and a light receiving system 90b is provided. The focus position detection system (focus position detecting means) similar to the AF system (90a, 90b) is disclosed in the third embodiment of the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 5,448,332. In the AF system (90a, 90b), the position of the optical axis AX of the detected surface (that is, the amount of defocus from the optimum imaging surface) is obtained. In the present embodiment, as an example, the light-transmitting system 90a and the light-receiving system 90b are arranged symmetrically with respect to the reference axis LV on a straight line (reference axis) LA parallel to the X-axis passing through the detection center of the alignment detecting system ALG. The interval between the light-transmitting system 90a and the light-receiving system 90b in the X-axis direction is set to be smaller than the diameter of the wafer W.

來自AF系(90a、90b)之檢測光束之照射點、亦即AF系(90a,90b)之檢測點,係一致於來自對準檢測系ALG之檢測光束之照射點、亦即對準檢測系ALG之檢測中心。因此,本實施形態中,能以AF系(90a,90b)與對準檢測系ALG並行進行其檢測動作。此外,亦可取代AF系(90a,90b), 使用例如美國發明專利第5,448,332號說明書等所揭示之多點焦點位置檢測系。在使用多點焦點位置檢測系時,其複數個檢測點例如係在被檢測面上與照射區域之X軸方向尺寸相同範圍內以既定間隔配置。本實施形態中,此複數個檢測點中在X軸方向配置於中心之檢測點配置於與對準檢測系ALG之檢測中心實質上相同之位置。 The detection points of the detection beams from the AF system (90a, 90b), that is, the detection points of the AF system (90a, 90b), are consistent with the illumination point of the detection beam from the alignment detection system ALG, that is, the alignment detection system. ALG's testing center. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the AF system (90a, 90b) can perform the detection operation in parallel with the alignment detecting system ALG. In addition, it can also replace the AF system (90a, 90b). A multi-point focus position detecting system disclosed in, for example, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 5,448,332 is used. When a multi-point focus position detection system is used, a plurality of detection points are arranged at predetermined intervals, for example, within a range in which the detected surface is in the same size as the X-axis direction of the irradiation area. In the present embodiment, the detection points arranged at the center in the X-axis direction among the plurality of detection points are disposed at substantially the same position as the detection center of the alignment detection system ALG.

晶圓載台WST1及WST2之各個,由圖1及圖3(B)等可知,具有:粗動載台WCS;以及微動載台WFS,透過致動器(包含例如音圈馬達與EI線圈之至少一方)以非接觸狀態支承於粗動載台WCS且能相對粗動載台WCS移動。此處,晶圓載台WST1及WST2(粗動載台WCS)藉由包含後述平面馬達之粗動載台驅動系統51A、51B(參照圖6)以既定行程被驅動於X軸及Y軸方向且被微幅驅動於θz方向。又,晶圓載台WST1及WST2所分別具備之微動載台WFS藉由包含前述致動器之微動載台驅動系統52A、52B(參照圖6)分別相對粗動載台WCS被驅動於六自由度方向(X軸、Y軸、Z軸、θx、θy、θz之各方向)。此外,亦可藉由後述之平面馬達將粗動載台WCS驅動於六自由度方向。 Each of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 3(B), has a coarse movement stage WCS and a fine movement stage WFS through which an actuator (including at least a voice coil motor and an EI coil) is included. One of them is supported by the coarse movement stage WCS in a non-contact state and is movable relative to the coarse movement stage WCS. Here, the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 (the coarse movement stage WCS) are driven in the X-axis and Y-axis directions by a predetermined stroke by the coarse movement stage drive systems 51A and 51B (see FIG. 6) including a planar motor to be described later. It is driven by the micro-magnitude in the θz direction. Further, the fine movement stage WFS provided in each of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 is driven to six degrees of freedom with respect to the coarse movement stage WCS by the fine movement stage drive systems 52A and 52B (see FIG. 6) including the actuators. Direction (X-axis, Y-axis, Z-axis, θx, θy, θz). Further, the coarse movement stage WCS may be driven in the six-degree-of-freedom direction by a planar motor to be described later.

又,位於曝光站200之晶圓載台WST1或WST2所具備之粗動載台WCS所支承之微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置資訊係以第1微動載台位置測量系統110A(參照圖1、圖6)加以測量。 Further, the position information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the fine movement stage WFS supported by the coarse movement stage WCS provided in the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 of the exposure station 200 is the first fine movement stage position measurement system 110A (refer to the figure). 1. Figure 6) Measured.

又,在晶圓載台WST1或WST2所具備之粗動載台WCS位於測量站300時,粗動載台WCS所支承之微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置資訊係藉由第2微動載台位置測量系統110B(參照圖1、圖6)加以測量。 Further, when the coarse movement stage WCS provided in the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 is located at the measurement station 300, the position information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the fine movement stage WFS supported by the coarse movement stage WCS is based on the second micro-motion load. The position measurement system 110B (see Figs. 1 and 6) is measured.

又,在曝光站200與測量站300之間、亦即第1微動載台位 置測量系統110A之測量範圍與第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之測量範圍間之晶圓載台WST1或WST2之位置資訊,係藉由後述之測量系統80D(參照圖6)。 Moreover, between the exposure station 200 and the measurement station 300, that is, the first micro-motion stage The position information of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 between the measurement range of the measurement system 110A and the measurement range of the second fine movement stage position measurement system 110B is measured by a measurement system 80D (see FIG. 6) which will be described later.

又,測量載台MST之XY平面內之位置資訊係藉由後述之測量台位置測量系統16(參照圖6)加以測量。 Further, the position information in the XY plane of the measurement stage MST is measured by a measurement stage position measuring system 16 (see Fig. 6) which will be described later.

第1微動載台位置測量系統110A、第2微動載台位置測量系統110B、測量系統80D之測量值(位置資訊)分別為了晶圓載台WST1、WST2之位置控制而供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖6)。特別是,第1微動載台位置測量系統110A及第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之測量值,用於晶圓載台WST1、WST2之微動載台WFS之位置控制。又,測量台位置測量系統16之測量值為了測量台MTB之位置控制而供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖6)。 The measurement values (position information) of the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A, the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B, and the measurement system 80D are supplied to the main control unit 20 for position control of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2, respectively (refer to Figure 6). In particular, the measured values of the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A and the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B are used for position control of the fine movement stage WFS of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2. Further, the measurement value of the measurement table position measuring system 16 is supplied to the main control device 20 (see FIG. 6) by the position control of the measurement table MTB.

此處,詳述載台系之構成等。首先說明晶圓載台WST1、WST2。晶圓載台WST1、WST2由圖1及圖2可知,雖係左右對稱但為相同構成,因此此處舉晶圓載台WST1為代表來說明。 Here, the configuration of the stage system and the like will be described in detail. First, the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 will be described. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 have the same configuration, but the wafer stage WST1 will be described as a representative.

晶圓載台WST1所具備之粗動載台WCS,如圖3(B)所示,具備粗動滑件部91、一對側壁部92a、92b、以及一對固定件部93a、93b。粗動滑件部91,由在俯視下(從+Z方向所視)X軸方向長度較Y軸方向長些許之長方形板狀構件構成。一對側壁部92a、92b,分別由以Y軸方向為長度方向之長方形板狀構件構成,分別以與YZ平面平行之狀態固定在粗動滑件部91之長度方向一端部與另一端部上面。一對固定件部93a、93b,分別朝內側而固定在側壁部92a、92b各自之上面之Y軸方向中央部。粗動載台 WCS,其全體為一具有上面之X軸方向中央部及Y軸方向兩側面開口之高度較低的直方體形狀。亦即,於粗動載台WCS之內部形成有貫通於Y軸方向之空間部。於此空間部內在後述之曝光時、對準時等插入測量臂71A、71B。此外,側壁部92a、92b之Y軸方向長度亦可與固定件部93a、93b大致相同。亦即,側壁部92a、92b亦可僅設於粗動滑件部91之長邊方向一端部與另一端部之上面之Y軸方向中央部。又,粗動載台WCS只要係能支承微動載台WFS而可動即可,能稱為晶圓載台WST1之本體部、或可動體或移動體等。 As shown in FIG. 3(B), the coarse movement stage WCS included in the wafer stage WST1 includes a coarse movement slider portion 91, a pair of side wall portions 92a and 92b, and a pair of fastener portions 93a and 93b. The coarse motion slider 91 is formed of a rectangular plate-like member having a length longer than the Y-axis direction in a plan view (viewed from the +Z direction) in the X-axis direction. Each of the pair of side wall portions 92a and 92b is formed of a rectangular plate-shaped member having a longitudinal direction in the Y-axis direction, and is fixed to the one end portion and the other end portion of the longitudinal direction of the coarse motion slider portion 91 in a state parallel to the YZ plane. . The pair of fixing portions 93a and 93b are fixed to the central portion of the upper surface of each of the side wall portions 92a and 92b in the Y-axis direction toward the inner side. Rough moving stage The WCS has a rectangular shape having a low height which is open at both the central portion in the X-axis direction and the side surfaces in the Y-axis direction. That is, a space portion penetrating in the Y-axis direction is formed inside the coarse movement stage WCS. The measurement arms 71A and 71B are inserted into the space portion during exposure, alignment, and the like which will be described later. Further, the lengths of the side wall portions 92a and 92b in the Y-axis direction may be substantially the same as those of the stator portions 93a and 93b. In other words, the side wall portions 92a and 92b may be provided only at the central portion in the Y-axis direction of the one end portion in the longitudinal direction of the coarse motion slider portion 91 and the upper surface of the other end portion. Further, the coarse movement stage WCS may be movable as long as it can support the fine movement stage WFS, and may be referred to as a main body portion of the wafer stage WST1, or a movable body or a moving body.

於底盤12內部,如圖1所示收容有包含以XY二維方向為行方向、列方向配置成矩陣狀之複數個線圈17之線圈單元。此外,底盤12係於投影光學系統PL下方配置成其表面與XY平面大致平行。 Inside the chassis 12, as shown in FIG. 1, a coil unit including a plurality of coils 17 arranged in a matrix in the XY two-dimensional direction and in the column direction is housed. Further, the chassis 12 is disposed below the projection optical system PL such that its surface is substantially parallel to the XY plane.

對應於線圈單元,於粗動載台WCS底面、亦即粗動滑件部91底面,如圖2(B)所示設有由以XY二維方向為行方向、列方向配置成矩陣狀之複數個永久磁石18構成之磁石單元。磁石單元與底盤12之線圈單元一起構成例如美國專利第5,196,745號說明書等所揭示之電磁力(勞倫茲力)驅動方式之平面馬達所構成之粗動載台驅動系統51A(參照圖6)。供應至構成線圈單元之各線圈17之電流之大小及方向藉由主控制裝置20控制。 Corresponding to the coil unit, the bottom surface of the coarse movement stage WCS, that is, the bottom surface of the coarse motion slider unit 91 is arranged in a matrix shape in the row direction and the column direction in the XY two-dimensional direction as shown in Fig. 2(B). A plurality of permanent magnets 18 constitute a magnet unit. The magnet unit and the coil unit of the chassis 12 constitute a coarse motion stage drive system 51A (see FIG. 6) constituted by a planar motor of an electromagnetic force (Laurent force) driving method disclosed in, for example, the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 5,196,745. The magnitude and direction of the current supplied to each of the coils 17 constituting the coil unit is controlled by the main control unit 20.

於粗動滑件部91之底面,於上述磁石單元周圍固定有複數個空氣軸承94。粗動載台WCS藉由複數個空氣軸承94於底盤12上方介由既定間隙(clearance、gap)、例如數μm程度之間隙被懸浮支承,並藉由粗動載台驅動系統51A驅動於X軸方向、Y軸方向、以及θz方向。 A plurality of air bearings 94 are fixed to the bottom surface of the coarse motion slider portion 91 around the magnet unit. The coarse motion stage WCS is suspended and supported by a plurality of air bearings 94 above the chassis 12 via a predetermined clearance (gap), for example, a gap of several μm, and is driven by the coarse motion stage drive system 51A to the X axis. Direction, Y-axis direction, and θz direction.

此外,作為粗動載台驅動系統51A,並不限於電磁力(勞倫 茲力)驅動方式之平面馬達,例如亦可使用可變磁氣電阻驅動方式之平面馬達。此外,亦可藉由磁浮型之平面馬達構成粗動載台驅動系統51A,而能藉由該平面馬達將粗動載台WCS驅動於六自由度方向。此時,亦可不於粗動滑件部91之底面設置空氣軸承。 Further, as the coarse motion stage drive system 51A, it is not limited to electromagnetic force (Lauren For the planar motor of the driving method, for example, a planar motor with a variable magnetic resistance driving method can also be used. Further, the coarse movement stage drive system 51A may be constituted by a maglev type planar motor, and the coarse movement stage WCS can be driven in the six-degree-of-freedom direction by the planar motor. At this time, the air bearing may not be provided on the bottom surface of the coarse motion slider 91.

一對固定件部93a、93b之各個由外形為板狀之構件構成,其內部收容有由用以驅動微動載台WFS之複數個線圈所構成之線圈單元CUa、CUb。供應至構成線圈單元CUa、CUb之各線圈之電流之大小及方向由主控制裝置20控制。 Each of the pair of fixing portions 93a and 93b is formed of a member having a plate shape, and accommodates coil units CUa and CUb formed by a plurality of coils for driving the fine movement stage WFS. The magnitude and direction of the current supplied to the coils constituting the coil units CUa, CUb are controlled by the main control unit 20.

微動載台WFS,如圖3(B)所示,具備本體部81、分別固定在本體部81之長邊方向一端部與另一端部之一對可動件部82a、82b、以及一體固定於本體部81上面之俯視矩形之板狀構件構成之晶圓台WTB。 As shown in FIG. 3(B), the fine movement stage WFS includes a main body portion 81 fixed to one end portion in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 81, and one pair of movable member portions 82a and 82b at the other end portion, and integrally fixed to the main body portion. A wafer table WTB formed of a rectangular plate-like member on the upper surface of the portion 81.

本體部81由俯視以X軸方向為長邊方向之八角形板狀構件構成。於本體部81下面,水平(與晶圓W表面平行)地配置固定有既定厚度之既定形狀、例如俯視矩形或較本體部81大一圈之八角形板狀構件所構成之標尺板83。於標尺板83下面之至少較晶圓W大一圈之區域設有二維光柵(以下單稱為光柵)RG。光柵RG包含以X軸方向為週期方向之反射型繞射格子(X繞射格子)與以Y軸方向為週期方向之反射型繞射格子(Y繞射格子)。X繞射格子及Y繞射格子之格子線之間距設定為例如1μm。 The main body portion 81 is formed of an octagonal plate-shaped member whose longitudinal direction is the X-axis direction in plan view. On the lower surface of the main body portion 81, a scale plate 83 composed of a predetermined shape having a predetermined thickness, for example, a rectangular shape in plan view or an octagonal plate-shaped member slightly larger than the main body portion 81 is disposed horizontally (parallel to the surface of the wafer W). A two-dimensional grating (hereinafter simply referred to as a grating) RG is provided in a region of the scale plate 83 at least one turn larger than the wafer W. The grating RG includes a reflection type diffraction grating (X diffraction grating) having a periodic direction in the X-axis direction and a reflection diffraction grating (Y diffraction grating) having a periodic direction in the Y-axis direction. The distance between the lattice lines of the X diffractive grid and the Y diffractive grid is set to, for example, 1 μm.

本體部81與標尺板83最好係以例如熱膨脹率相同或相同程度之材料形成,該材料最好係低熱膨脹率。又,光柵RG表面亦可被保護構件例如光能透射之透明材料且低熱膨脹率之罩玻璃覆蓋來加以保護。此外,光柵RG只要在不同之兩方向週期性排列,其構成等可為任意,週期方 向亦可不與X、Y方向一致,例如週期方向亦可相對X、Y方向旋轉45度。 Preferably, the body portion 81 and the scale plate 83 are formed of a material having the same or the same degree of thermal expansion, and the material preferably has a low coefficient of thermal expansion. Further, the surface of the grating RG can also be protected by a protective member such as a light-transmissive transparent material and a cover glass having a low thermal expansion rate. In addition, the grating RG may be periodically arranged in two different directions, and its configuration may be arbitrary, and the periodicity may be The direction may not coincide with the X and Y directions, for example, the periodic direction may be rotated by 45 degrees with respect to the X and Y directions.

本實施形態中,雖微動載台WFS具有本體部81與晶圓台WTB,但例如亦可不設置本體部81而藉由前述之致動器驅動晶圓台WTB。又,微動載台WFS只要於其上面之一部分具有晶圓W之載置區域即可,能稱為晶圓載台WST之保持部或台、可動部等。 In the present embodiment, although the fine movement stage WFS has the main body portion 81 and the wafer table WTB, the wafer table WTB may be driven by the actuator described above without providing the main body portion 81, for example. Further, the fine movement stage WFS may have a holding portion of the wafer stage WST, a stage, a movable portion, and the like as long as it has a mounting area of the wafer W on one of the upper portions.

一對可動件部82a、82b具有分別固定於本體部81之X軸方向一端面與另一端面之YZ剖面矩形框狀之殼體。以下,為了說明方便,將此等殼體使用與可動件部82a、82b相同之符號標記為殼體82a、82b。 The pair of movable member portions 82a and 82b have housings that are respectively fixed to the YZ cross-sectional rectangular frame shape of one end surface and the other end surface of the main body portion 81 in the X-axis direction. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the casings are denoted by the same reference numerals as the movable portions 82a and 82b as the casings 82a and 82b.

殼體82a,具有Y軸方向尺寸(長度)及Z軸方向尺寸(高度)均較固定件部93a大些許之於Y軸方向細長之YZ剖面為矩形之空間(開口部)。於殼體82a之空間內以非接觸方式插入有粗動載台WCS之固定件部93a之-X側端部。於殼體82a之上壁部82a1及底壁部82a2之內部設有磁石單元MUa1、MUa2。 The casing 82a has a space (opening) in which the Y-axis direction dimension (length) and the Z-axis direction dimension (height) are larger than the fixing member portion 93a, and the YZ cross section which is elongated in the Y-axis direction is rectangular. The -X side end portion of the fixing portion 93a of the coarse movement stage WCS is inserted into the space of the casing 82a in a non-contact manner. Magnet units MUa1 and MUa2 are provided inside the upper wall portion 82a1 and the bottom wall portion 82a2 of the casing 82a.

可動件部82b雖與可動件部82a為左右對稱但構成相同。於殼體(可動件部)82b之空間內以非接觸方式插入有粗動載台WCS之固定件部93b之+X側端部。於殼體82b之上壁部82b1及底壁部82b2之內部設有與磁石單元MUa1、MUa2相同構成之磁石單元MUb1、MUb2。 The mover portion 82b is bilaterally symmetrical with the mover portion 82a, but has the same configuration. The +X side end portion of the fixing portion 93b of the coarse movement stage WCS is inserted into the space of the casing (movable portion) 82b in a non-contact manner. Magnet units MUb1 and MUb2 having the same configuration as the magnet units MUa1 and MUa2 are provided inside the upper wall portion 82b1 and the bottom wall portion 82b2 of the casing 82b.

上述之線圈單元CUa、CUb,以分別對應於磁石單元MUa1、MUa2及MUb1、MUb2之方式分別收容於固定件部93a及93b內部。 The coil units CUa and CUb described above are housed in the fixed portions 93a and 93b, respectively, so as to correspond to the magnet units MUa1, MUa2, MUb1, and MUb2, respectively.

磁石單元MUa1、MUa2及MUb1、MUb2、以及線圈單元CUa、CUb之構成,詳細揭示於例如美國專利申請公開第2010/0073652號說明書及美國專利申請公開第2010/0073653號說明書等。 The configuration of the magnet units MUa1, MUa2, MUb1, MUb2, and the coil units CUa and CUb is disclosed in, for example, the specification of the U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0073652 and the specification of the U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0073653.

本實施形態中,包含前述可動件部82a所具有之一對磁石單元MUa1、MUa2及固定件部93a所具有之線圈單元CUa與可動件部82b所具有之一對磁石單元MUb1、MUb2及固定件部93b所具有之線圈單元CUb在內,構成與上述美國專利申請公開第2010/0073652號說明書及美國專利申請公開第2010/0073653號說明書同樣的將微動載台WFS相對粗動載台WCS以非接觸狀態懸浮支承且以非接觸方式往六自由度方向驅動之微動載台驅動系統52A(參照圖6)。 In the present embodiment, one of the pair of pair of magnet units MU1, MUb2 and MUb2 and the movable part 82b of the magnet unit MUa1, MUa2 and the holder portion 93a includes a pair of magnet units MUb1, MUb2 and a fixing member. The coil unit CUb included in the unit 93b constitutes the same as the coarse movement stage WCS in the same manner as the above-mentioned specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0073652 and the specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0073653. The micro-motion stage drive system 52A (see FIG. 6) that is suspended and supported in a contact state and driven in a six-degree-of-freedom direction in a non-contact manner.

此外,當使用磁浮型之平面馬達作為粗動載台驅動系統51A(參照圖6)之情形,由於能藉由該平面馬達將微動載台WFS與粗動載台WCS一體地微幅驅動於Z軸、θx及θy各方向,因此微動載台驅動系統52A亦可構成為能將微動載台WFS驅動於X軸、Y軸及θz各方向、亦即XY平面內之三自由度方向。此外,例如亦可於粗動載台WCS之一對側壁部92a、92b之各個將各一對電磁石與微動載台WFS之八角形斜邊部對向設置,並與各電磁石對向地於微動載台WFS設置磁性體構件。藉此,由於能藉由電磁石之磁力在XY平面內驅動微動載台WFS,因此亦可藉由可動件部82a、82b與固定件部93a、93b構成一對Y軸線性馬達。 Further, when a maglev type planar motor is used as the coarse movement stage drive system 51A (refer to FIG. 6), the fine movement stage WFS and the coarse movement stage WCS can be integrally driven to the Z by the plane motor. Since the axes, θx, and θy are in various directions, the fine movement stage drive system 52A can also be configured to drive the fine movement stage WFS in the three-degree-of-freedom directions in the X-axis, the Y-axis, and the θz directions, that is, in the XY plane. Further, for example, one pair of the electromagnets and the octagonal oblique sides of the fine movement stage WFS may be disposed opposite to each of the side wall portions 92a and 92b of one of the coarse movement stages WCS, and may be slightly moved with the respective electromagnets. The stage WFS is provided with a magnetic member. Thereby, since the fine movement stage WFS can be driven in the XY plane by the magnetic force of the electromagnet, the pair of Y-axis linear motors can be constituted by the movable parts 82a and 82b and the stator parts 93a and 93b.

於晶圓台WTB之上面中央設有藉由真空吸附等保持晶圓W之晶圓保持具(未圖示)。晶圓保持具亦可與晶圓台WTB一體形成,亦可相對晶圓台WTB透過例如靜電夾具機構或夾鉗機構等、或藉由接著等來固定。此處,雖省略了圖示,但於本體部81設有可透過設於晶圓保持具之孔上下動之上下動銷。此上下動銷能在上面位於晶圓保持具上面之上方之第1位置與位於晶圓保持具上面之下方之第2位置之間移動於上下方向。 A wafer holder (not shown) that holds the wafer W by vacuum suction or the like is provided at the center of the upper surface of the wafer table WTB. The wafer holder may be integrally formed with the wafer table WTB, or may be fixed to the wafer table WTB by, for example, an electrostatic chuck mechanism or a clamp mechanism, or by being attached. Here, although not shown in the drawings, the main body portion 81 is provided with a lower movable pin that can be moved up and down through a hole provided in the wafer holder. The upper and lower moving pins are movable in the vertical direction between a first position above the upper surface of the wafer holder and a second position below the upper surface of the wafer holder.

於晶圓台WTB上面之晶圓保持具(晶圓W之載置區域)外側,如圖3(A)所示,安裝有其中央形成有較晶圓保持具大一圈之大圓形開口且具有矩形外形(輪廓)之板片(撥液板)28。板片28係由例如玻璃或陶瓷(例如首德公司之Zerodur(商品名))、Al2O3或TiC等)構成,於其表面施加對液體Lq之撥液化處理。具體而言,係藉由例如氟樹脂材料、聚四氟乙烯(鐵氟龍(註冊商標))等氟系樹脂材料、丙烯酸系樹脂材料或矽系樹脂材料等來形成撥液膜。此外,板片28係以其表面全部(或一部分)與晶圓W表面實質上成為同一面之方式固定在晶圓台WTB之上面。 On the outside of the wafer holder (the mounting area of the wafer W) on the wafer table WTB, as shown in FIG. 3(A), a large circular opening having a larger circle than the wafer holder is formed in the center. And a sheet (drain plate) 28 having a rectangular outer shape (contour). The sheet 28 is made of, for example, glass or ceramic (for example, Zendur (trade name) of Shoude Co., Ltd.), Al2O3 or TiC, etc., and a liquid liquefaction treatment of the liquid Lq is applied to the surface. Specifically, the liquid-repellent film is formed by, for example, a fluororesin material such as a fluororesin material or a polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon (registered trademark)), an acrylic resin material, or a fluorene-based resin material. Further, the sheet 28 is fixed to the upper surface of the wafer table WTB such that all (or a part of) the surface thereof is substantially flush with the surface of the wafer W.

板件28具有位於晶圓台WTB之X軸方向中央且於其中央形成有上述圓形開口之具有矩形外形(輪廓)之第1撥液區域28a、以及在X軸方向隔著該第1撥液區域28a而位於晶圓台WTB之+X側端部、-X側端部之長方形之一對第2撥液區域28b。此外,本實施形態中,由於如前所述係使用水來作為液體Lq,因此以下將第1撥液區域28a及第2撥液區域28b亦分別稱為第1撥水板28a及第2撥水板28b。 The plate member 28 has a first liquid-repellent region 28a having a rectangular outer shape (contour) in the center of the wafer table WTB in the X-axis direction and having the circular opening formed at the center thereof, and a first dialing in the X-axis direction The liquid region 28a is located on the +X side end portion of the wafer table WTB and one of the rectangles on the -X side end portion of the second liquid-repellent region 28b. Further, in the present embodiment, since water is used as the liquid Lq as described above, the first liquid-repellent region 28a and the second liquid-repellent region 28b are also referred to as a first water-repellent plate 28a and a second dial, respectively. Water board 28b.

於第1撥水板28a之+Y側端部近旁設有測量板30。於此測量板30中央設有基準標記FM,以隔著基準標記FM之方式設有一對空間像測量狹縫圖案(狹縫狀測量用圖案)SL。又,與各空間像測量狹縫圖案SL對應的,設有將透射過該等之照明光IL導至晶圓載台WST外部(設於後述之測量載台MST之受光系)之送光系(未圖示)。又,於測量板之上面,於至少中央部之區域(或全區)形成有反射來自前述之AF系(90a,90b)之檢測光束之反射面。測量板30例如配置於與配置晶圓保持具之開口不同之板件28之開口內,測量板30與板件28之間隔被密封構件等封閉以避免液體流入晶 圓台WTB。又,測量板30於晶圓台WTB設成其表面與板件28之表面實質上成為同一面。此外,亦可將與狹縫圖案SL不同之至少一個開口部(光透射部)形成於測量板30,且以感測器檢測出介由投影光學系統PL與液體透射開口部之照明光IL,例如能測量投影光學系統PL之光學特性(包含波面像差等)及/或照明光IL之特性(包含光量、在前述曝光區域IA內之照度分布等)等。 A measuring plate 30 is provided in the vicinity of the +Y side end portion of the first water-repellent plate 28a. A reference mark FM is provided at the center of the measuring plate 30, and a pair of aerial image measuring slit patterns (slit-shaped measuring patterns) SL are provided so as to sandwich the reference mark FM. Further, corresponding to each of the spatial image measurement slit patterns SL, a light transmission system that guides the illumination light IL transmitted through the light to the outside of the wafer stage WST (a light receiving system provided in a measurement stage MST to be described later) is provided ( Not shown). Further, on the upper surface of the measuring plate, a reflecting surface for reflecting the detection beam from the AF system (90a, 90b) is formed in at least a central portion (or the entire region). The measuring plate 30 is disposed, for example, in an opening of the plate member 28 different from the opening in which the wafer holder is disposed, and the interval between the measuring plate 30 and the plate member 28 is closed by a sealing member or the like to prevent liquid from flowing into the crystal. Round table WTB. Further, the measuring plate 30 is disposed on the wafer table WTB such that its surface is substantially flush with the surface of the plate member 28. Further, at least one opening (light transmitting portion) different from the slit pattern SL may be formed on the measuring board 30, and the illumination light IL passing through the projection optical system PL and the liquid transmitting opening portion may be detected by the sensor. For example, the optical characteristics (including wavefront aberrations, etc.) of the projection optical system PL and/or the characteristics of the illumination light IL (including the amount of light, the illuminance distribution in the exposure area IA, etc.) can be measured.

於一對第2撥水板28b分別形成有第1、第2頂側編碼器系統80A、80B用之標尺391,392。詳述之,標尺391,392分別係以例如以Y軸方向為週期方向之繞射格子與以X軸方向為週期方向之繞射格子所組合而成之反射型二維繞射格子所構成。二維繞射格子之格子線間距,於Y軸方向及X軸方向之任一方向均設定為例如1μm。又,由於一對第2撥水板28b分別具有標尺(二維格子)391,392,因此稱為格子構件、標尺板、或網格板等,本實施形態中,例如於低熱膨脹率之玻璃板表面形成二維格子,以覆蓋該二維格子之方式形成撥液膜。此外,圖3(A)中,為了圖示方便,格子之間距圖示成較實際之間距大。又,二維格子只要在不同之兩方向週期性排列,其構成等可為任意,週期方向亦可不與X、Y方向一致,例如週期方向亦可相對X、Y方向旋轉45度。又,於標尺391,392之邊緣部之既定位置,雖未圖示,但分別形成有在晶圓台WTB1位於既定位置(後述之並列開始位置)時後述之曝光座標回歸用位置測量系統之一對影像感測器之攝影對象即標記。 Scales 391, 392 for the first and second top side encoder systems 80A, 80B are formed in the pair of second water deflectors 28b, respectively. Specifically, the scales 391 and 392 are each formed of, for example, a reflective two-dimensional diffraction grating in which a diffraction grating having a periodic direction in the Y-axis direction and a diffraction grating having a periodic direction in the X-axis direction are combined. The grid line pitch of the two-dimensional diffraction grid is set to, for example, 1 μm in either of the Y-axis direction and the X-axis direction. Further, since the pair of second water-repellent plates 28b each have a scale (two-dimensional lattice) 391, 392, they are called a lattice member, a scale plate, or a mesh plate. In the present embodiment, for example, a glass plate surface having a low thermal expansion coefficient is used. A two-dimensional lattice is formed to form a liquid-repellent film in such a manner as to cover the two-dimensional lattice. In addition, in FIG. 3(A), for the convenience of illustration, the distance between the grids is shown to be larger than the actual distance. Further, the two-dimensional lattice may be arranged periodically in two different directions, and the configuration may be arbitrary, and the periodic direction may not coincide with the X and Y directions. For example, the periodic direction may be rotated by 45 degrees with respect to the X and Y directions. Further, in a predetermined position of the edge portion of the scales 391, 392, a pair of images of the position measuring system for the exposure coordinate return described later when the wafer table WTB1 is positioned at a predetermined position (the parallel starting position to be described later) is formed. The photographic subject of the sensor is the mark.

此外,為了保護一對第2撥水板28b之繞射格子等,以具備撥水性之低熱膨脹率之玻璃板來覆蓋亦為有效。此處,能使用厚度與晶圓 相同程度、例如厚度1mm者來作為玻璃板,例如於晶圓台WTB上面設置成其玻璃板表面與晶圓面實質上相同高度(同一面)。又,當至少在晶圓W之曝光動作中,將一對第2撥水板28b從晶圓W分離配置成不與前述之液浸區域之液體接觸之程度時,一對第2撥水板28b其表面亦可非撥液性。亦即,一對第2撥水板28b可均係分別形成標尺(二維格子)之單純格子構 Further, in order to protect the diffraction gratings of the pair of second water-repellent plates 28b and the like, it is also effective to cover with a glass plate having a low thermal expansion coefficient of water repellency. Here, thickness and wafer can be used The same degree, for example, a thickness of 1 mm is used as the glass plate. For example, the surface of the wafer table WTB is set such that the surface of the glass plate is substantially the same height (same surface) as the wafer surface. Further, when the pair of second water-repellent plates 28b are separated from the wafer W at least in the exposure operation of the wafer W so as not to be in contact with the liquid in the liquid immersion area, the pair of second water-repellent plates 28b its surface can also be non-liquid. That is, a pair of second water-repellent plates 28b can each form a simple lattice structure of a scale (two-dimensional lattice).

本實施形態中,雖於晶圓台WTB設置板件28,但板件28亦可不設置。此情形下,只要於晶圓台WTB之上面設置配置晶圓保持具之凹部,例如將前述之表面非撥液性之一對格子構件在晶圓台WTB上於X方向隔著凹部配置即可。如前所述,此一對格子構件只要從凹部分離配置成不與液浸區域之液體接觸之程度即可。又,亦可將凹部形成為在凹部內保持於晶圓保持具之晶圓W之表面與晶圓台WTB上面實質上成為同一面。此外,亦可使晶圓台WTB之上面全部或一部分(至少包含包圍凹部之周圍區域)成為撥液性。又,在將形成標尺(二維格子)391,392之一對格子構件接近凹部來配置時,亦可取代表面非撥液性之一對格子構件,使用前述之一對第2撥水板28b。 In the present embodiment, the plate member 28 is provided on the wafer table WTB, but the plate member 28 may not be provided. In this case, as long as the concave portion of the wafer holder is disposed on the upper surface of the wafer table WTB, for example, one of the surface non-liquid repellency pairs may be disposed on the wafer table WTB in the X direction via the concave portion. . As described above, the pair of lattice members may be disposed so as not to be in contact with the liquid in the liquid immersion area from the concave portion. Further, the concave portion may be formed so that the surface of the wafer W held by the wafer holder in the concave portion is substantially flush with the upper surface of the wafer table WTB. Further, all or a part of the upper surface of the wafer table WTB (including at least the surrounding area surrounding the concave portion) may be made liquid-repellent. Further, when one of the scales (two-dimensional lattices) 391, 392 is disposed close to the concave portion, one of the pair of non-liquid-repellent members may be used instead of the second water-repellent plate 28b.

此外,於各第2撥水板28b之標尺端附近,分別設有用以決定後述之編碼器讀頭與標尺間之相對位置之未圖示之定位圖案。此定位圖案由例如反射率不同之格子線構成,當編碼器讀頭掃描此定位圖案上時,編碼器之輸出訊號強度會變化。因此,預先決定臨限值,檢測出輸出訊號之強度超過該臨限值之位置。以此檢測出之位置為基準,設定編碼器讀頭與標尺間之相對位置。 Further, a positioning pattern (not shown) for determining the relative position between the encoder head and the scale described later is provided in the vicinity of the scale end of each of the second water-repellent plates 28b. The positioning pattern is composed of, for example, grid lines having different reflectances. When the encoder head scans the positioning pattern, the output signal intensity of the encoder changes. Therefore, the threshold value is determined in advance, and the position where the intensity of the output signal exceeds the threshold value is detected. Based on the detected position, the relative position between the encoder read head and the scale is set.

如圖2所示,於晶圓載台WST1之粗動載台WCS,連接有 配管、配線一體化之管22A之一端,管22A之另一端連接於管載體TC1。管載體TC1係將例如電力(電流)、冷媒、壓縮空氣及真空等之力介由管22A供應至晶圓載台WST1(粗動載台WCS)者。又,供應至粗動載台WCS之力之一部分(例如真空等)被供應至微動載台WFS。管載體TC1,藉由例如由線性馬達構成之載體驅動系統24A(參照圖6)被往Y軸方向驅動。載體驅動系統24A之固定件,亦可如圖2所示一體設於底盤12之-X端部之一部分,或亦可為了減少因管載體TC1之驅動產生之反力對晶圓載台WST1造成之影響,而與底盤12分離在底盤12之-X側以Y軸方向為長度方向設置。又,管載體亦可配置於底盤12上,此情形下,能藉由驅動粗動載台WCS之後述平面馬達驅動管載體。此外,管載體亦能稱為纜線載體、或從動件(follower)等。又,晶圓載台WST不一定要是粗微動構造。 As shown in Fig. 2, the coarse moving stage WCS of the wafer stage WST1 is connected One end of the pipe 22A in which the piping and the wiring are integrated, and the other end of the pipe 22A is connected to the pipe carrier TC1. The tube carrier TC1 supplies a force such as electric power (current), refrigerant, compressed air, and vacuum to the wafer stage WST1 (coarse moving stage WCS) via the tube 22A. Further, a part of the force (for example, vacuum or the like) supplied to the coarse movement stage WCS is supplied to the fine movement stage WFS. The tube carrier TC1 is driven in the Y-axis direction by, for example, a carrier drive system 24A (see FIG. 6) composed of a linear motor. The fixing member of the carrier driving system 24A may be integrally provided on one part of the -X end portion of the chassis 12 as shown in FIG. 2, or may be caused to reduce the reaction force generated by the driving of the tube carrier TC1 to the wafer stage WST1. The effect is separated from the chassis 12 on the -X side of the chassis 12 in the longitudinal direction of the Y-axis direction. Further, the tube carrier may be disposed on the chassis 12. In this case, the tube carrier can be driven by the planar motor described later by driving the coarse movement stage WCS. In addition, the tube carrier can also be referred to as a cable carrier, or a follower or the like. Further, the wafer stage WST does not have to be a coarse fretting structure.

管載體TC,雖藉由主控制裝置20透過載體驅動系統24A而追隨晶圓載台WST1往Y軸方向被驅動。管載體TC1之往Y軸方向之驅動,不需嚴格地追隨晶圓載台WST1之Y軸方向驅動,只要在某容許範圍內追隨即可。 The tube carrier TC is driven in the Y-axis direction following the wafer stage WST1 by the main controller 20 through the carrier drive system 24A. The driving of the tube carrier TC1 in the Y-axis direction does not need to strictly follow the Y-axis direction of the wafer stage WST1, and it is only necessary to follow within a certain allowable range.

晶圓載台WST2與上述之晶圓載台WST1雖為左右對稱但為相同構成。因此,晶圓載台WST2(粗動載台WCS)係藉由與粗動載台驅動系統51A相同構成之平面馬達所構成之粗動載台驅動系統51B(參照圖6)被往X軸方向、Y軸方向及θz方向驅動。又,藉由晶圓載台WST2所具備之粗動載台WCS以非接觸狀態支承微動載台WFS,且藉由與微動載台驅動系統統52A相同構成之微動載台驅動系統統52B(參照圖6)被以非接觸方式往六自由度方向驅動。又,如圖2所示,於晶圓載台WST2介由管22B連接有 管載體TC2,管載體TC2,藉由主控制裝置20透過由線性馬達構成之載體驅動系統24B(參照圖6)追隨晶圓載台WST2被往Y軸方向驅動。 The wafer stage WST2 and the above-described wafer stage WST1 are bilaterally symmetrical but have the same configuration. Therefore, the wafer stage WST2 (coarse stage WCS) is moved in the X-axis direction by the coarse movement stage drive system 51B (see FIG. 6) constituted by the planar motor having the same configuration as the coarse movement stage drive system 51A. Driven in the Y-axis direction and the θz direction. Further, the coarse movement stage WCS is supported in a non-contact state by the coarse movement stage WCS provided in the wafer stage WST2, and the fine movement stage drive system system 52B having the same configuration as the fine movement stage drive system system 52A (refer to the figure) 6) Driven in a six-degree-of-freedom direction in a non-contact manner. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 2, the wafer stage WST2 is connected via the tube 22B. The tube carrier TC2 and the tube carrier TC2 are driven by the main control unit 20 through the carrier driving system 24B (see FIG. 6) constituted by a linear motor in the Y-axis direction following the wafer stage WST2.

又,如上所述,本實施形態中,由於分別構成晶圓載台WST1、WST2之微動載台WFS具備晶圓台WTB,因此以下為了說明方便,將包含構成晶圓載台WST1之晶圓台WTB之微動載台WFS標記為晶圓台WTB1,將包含構成晶圓載台WST2之晶圓台WTB之微動載台WFS標記為晶圓台WTB2(參照例如圖1、圖2等)。又,將晶圓台WTB1、WTB2適當總稱為晶圓台WTB。 Further, as described above, in the present embodiment, since the fine movement stage WFS constituting the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 includes the wafer table WTB, the wafer table WTB constituting the wafer stage WST1 will be included below for convenience of explanation. The fine movement stage WFS is marked as a wafer table WTB1, and the fine movement stage WFS including the wafer stage WTB constituting the wafer stage WST2 is marked as a wafer table WTB2 (see, for example, FIG. 1, FIG. 2, etc.). Further, the wafer tables WTB1 and WTB2 are collectively referred to as a wafer table WTB as appropriate.

其次說明測量載台MST。圖4(A)及圖4(B)分別顯示了測量載台MST之前視圖(從-Y方向觀看的圖)及俯視圖(從+Z方向觀看的圖)。如此等圖4(A)及圖4(B)所示,測量載台MST具備滑件部60與支承部62與測量台MTB。滑件部60由在俯視下(從+Z方向觀看)以X軸方向為長度方向之長方形板狀構件構成。支承部62,由直方體構件構成,固定於滑件部60上面之-X側端部。測量台MTB,由長方形板狀構件構成,懸臂支承於該支承部62上,且透過測量台驅動系統52C(參照圖6)被微幅驅動於例如六自由度方向(或XY平面內之三自由度方向)。 Next, the measurement stage MST will be described. 4(A) and 4(B) respectively show a front view (view viewed from the -Y direction) and a top view (view viewed from the +Z direction) of the measurement stage MST. As shown in FIG. 4(A) and FIG. 4(B), the measurement stage MST includes the slider unit 60, the support portion 62, and the measurement table MTB. The slider portion 60 is formed of a rectangular plate-like member having a longitudinal direction in the X-axis direction in plan view (viewed from the +Z direction). The support portion 62 is composed of a rectangular member and is fixed to the -X side end portion of the upper surface of the slider portion 60. The measuring table MTB is composed of a rectangular plate-like member, and the cantilever is supported by the supporting portion 62, and is driven by the measuring table driving system 52C (refer to FIG. 6) to be, for example, a six-degree-of-freedom direction (or three freedoms in the XY plane). Degree direction).

雖未圖示,但於滑件部60底面設有由複數個永久磁石構成之磁石單元,其係與底盤12之線圈單元(線圈17)一起構成電磁力(勞倫茲力)驅動方式之平面馬達所構成之測量載台驅動系統51B(參照圖6)。於滑件部60之底面,於上述磁石單元周圍固定有複數個空氣軸承(未圖示)。測量載台MST藉由前述之空氣軸承於底盤12上方介由既定間隙(clearance、gap)、例如數μm程度之間隙被懸浮支承,並藉由測量載台驅動系統51C驅動於X 軸方向及Y軸方向。此外,測量載台MST雖為空氣懸浮方式,但亦可係例如利用平面馬達之磁浮方式。 Although not shown, a magnet unit composed of a plurality of permanent magnets is provided on the bottom surface of the slider unit 60, and together with the coil unit (coil 17) of the chassis 12 constitutes a plane of electromagnetic force (Laurz force) driving method. A measurement stage drive system 51B composed of a motor (see Fig. 6). A plurality of air bearings (not shown) are fixed to the bottom surface of the slider unit 60 around the magnet unit. The measuring stage MST is suspended and supported by the air bearing above the chassis 12 via a predetermined clearance (gap), for example, a gap of several μm, and is driven by the measuring stage driving system 51C to the X. Axis direction and Y axis direction. Further, although the measurement stage MST is an air suspension type, it may be, for example, a magnetic floating type using a planar motor.

於測量台MTB,於其-Y側端部之除了帶狀部分(以下亦適當稱為移交部)之部分之+X側半部設有各種測量用構件。作為該測量用構件,例如圖4(B)所示,係採用具有針孔狀受光部來在投影光學系統PL之像面上接收照明光IL的照度不均感測器95、用以測量投影光學系統PL所投影之圖案空間像(投影像)的空間像測量器96、例如國際公開第03/065428號等所揭示的夏克-哈特曼(Shack-Hartman)方式之波面像差測量器97、以及具有既定面積之受光部以在投影光學系統PL之像面上接收照明光IL之照度監測器98等。 In the measurement table MTB, various measuring members are provided on the +X side half of the portion of the -Y side end except for the strip portion (hereinafter also referred to as a handover portion as appropriate). As the measuring member, for example, as shown in FIG. 4(B), an illuminance unevenness sensor 95 having a pinhole-shaped light receiving portion for receiving illumination light IL on the image plane of the projection optical system PL is used for measuring the projection. A spatial image measuring device 96 of a pattern space image (projection image) projected by the optical system PL, for example, a Shack-Hartman wavefront aberration measuring device disclosed in International Publication No. 03/065428 97. An illuminance monitor 98 or the like that receives the illumination light IL on the image plane of the projection optical system PL by the light receiving portion having a predetermined area.

照度不均感測器95,例如能使用與美國發明專利第4,465,368號說明書等所揭示者相同之構造。又,空間像測量器96,例如能使用與美國發明專利申請公開第2002/0041377號說明書等所揭示者相同之構造。波面像差感測器97,例如能使用國際公開第99/60361號(對應歐洲專利第1079223號)所揭示者。照度監測器98,能使用與例如美國發明專利申請公開第2002/0061469號說明書等所揭示者相同之構造。 The illuminance unevenness sensor 95 can be configured, for example, in the same manner as disclosed in the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 4,465,368. Further, the space image measuring device 96 can be configured, for example, in the same manner as disclosed in the specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0041377. The wavefront aberration sensor 97 can be, for example, one disclosed in International Publication No. 99/60361 (corresponding to European Patent No. 1079223). The illuminance monitor 98 can be configured in the same manner as disclosed in, for example, the specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0061469.

又,於測量台MTB以能對向於前述之一對送光系(未圖示)之配置,一對受光系(未圖示)設於移交部。本實施形態中,係構成空間像測量裝置451、452(參照圖6),其係在晶圓載台WST1或WST2與測量載台MST於Y軸方向接近至既定距離以內之狀態(包含接觸狀態)下,將透射過晶圓載台WST1或WST2上之測量板30之各空間像測量狹縫圖案SL的照明光IL以各送光系(未圖示)導引,而以測量載台MST內之各受光系(未圖示) 之受光元件接收光。 Further, a pair of light receiving systems (not shown) are provided in the transfer unit in order to be able to face the one pair of light transmission systems (not shown). In the present embodiment, the space image measuring devices 451 and 452 (see FIG. 6) are formed in a state in which the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 and the measurement stage MST are within a predetermined distance in the Y-axis direction (including the contact state). Next, the illumination light IL of each of the spatial image measurement slit patterns SL transmitted through the measurement plate 30 on the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 is guided by each light transmission system (not shown) to be used in the measurement stage MST. Each light receiving system (not shown) The light receiving element receives light.

此外,本實施形態中雖將四個測量用構件(95,96,97,98)設於測量台MTB,但測量用構件之種類、及/或數量等並不限於此。測量用構件,例如可使用用以測量投影光學系統PL之透射率的透射率測量器、及/或能採用用以觀察前述局部液浸裝置8、例如嘴單元32(或前端透鏡191)等的測量器等。再者,亦可將與測量用構件相異之構件、例如用以清掃嘴單元32、前端透鏡191等的清掃構件等裝載於測量載台MST。 Further, in the present embodiment, the four measuring members (95, 96, 97, 98) are provided on the measuring table MTB, but the type, and/or the number of the measuring members are not limited thereto. The measuring member can be, for example, a transmittance measuring device for measuring the transmittance of the projection optical system PL, and/or can be used to observe the aforementioned partial liquid immersion device 8, for example, the nozzle unit 32 (or the front end lens 191). Measuring device, etc. Further, a member different from the member for measurement, for example, a cleaning member for cleaning the nozzle unit 32, the distal end lens 191, or the like, may be mounted on the measurement stage MST.

此外,本實施形態中,對應所進行之以介由投影光學系統PL與液體(水)Lq之曝光用光(照明光)IL來使晶圓W曝光的液浸曝光,使用照明光IL之測量所使用的上述照度不均感測器95、空間像測量器96、波面像差感測器97、以及照度監測器98,即係介由投影光學系統PL及水來接收照明光IL。又,各感測器,例如亦可僅有介由投影光學系統PL及水來接收照明光IL之受光面(受光部)及光學系統等之一部分配置於測量台MTB,或亦可將感測器整體配置於測量台MTB。 Further, in the present embodiment, the liquid immersion exposure for exposing the wafer W by the exposure light (illumination light) IL of the projection optical system PL and the liquid (water) Lq is performed in accordance with the measurement, and the measurement using the illumination light IL is performed. The above-described illuminance unevenness sensor 95, the spatial image measuring device 96, the wavefront aberration sensor 97, and the illuminance monitor 98 are used to receive the illumination light IL through the projection optical system PL and water. Further, for each sensor, for example, only one of the light receiving surface (light receiving portion) and the optical system that receives the illumination light IL through the projection optical system PL and water may be disposed on the measuring station MTB, or may be sensed. The device is integrally disposed on the measurement station MTB.

於測量台MTB之除了移交部以外部分之-X側半部,設有以X軸方向及Y軸方向作為週期方向之二維光柵69。於測量台MTB之上面,以覆蓋二維光柵69及各種測量用構件之狀態固定有其表面被撥液膜(撥水膜)覆蓋之透明構件構成之板件63。板件63以與前述之板件28相同之材料形成。於測量台MTB之下面(-Z側之面)設有與前述之光柵RG相同之光柵RGa。 A two-dimensional grating 69 having a circumferential direction in the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction is provided on the -X side half of the portion other than the transfer portion of the measurement table MTB. On the upper surface of the measuring table MTB, a plate member 63 made of a transparent member whose surface is covered with a liquid-repellent film (water-repellent film) is fixed to cover the two-dimensional grating 69 and various measuring members. The plate member 63 is formed of the same material as the aforementioned plate member 28. A grating RGa identical to the grating RG described above is provided below the measuring station MTB (the surface on the -Z side).

此外,當將測量載台驅動系統51C以磁浮型之平面馬達構成時,例如亦可將測量載台設為於六自由度方向可動之單體載台。又,亦 可不於測量台MTB設置板件63。此情形下,只要於測量台MTB上面形成分別配置前述複數個感測器之受光面(光透射部)之複數個開口,例如以在開口內受光面與測量台MTB之上面實質上成為同一面之方式將包含受光面之感測器至少一部分設於測量台MTB即可。 Further, when the measurement stage drive system 51C is configured as a maglev type planar motor, for example, the measurement stage may be set as a single stage movable in a six-degree-of-freedom direction. Also The plate member 63 may not be provided for the measuring station MTB. In this case, as long as a plurality of openings respectively arranging the light receiving surfaces (light transmitting portions) of the plurality of sensors are formed on the measurement table MTB, for example, the light receiving surface in the opening substantially becomes the same surface as the upper surface of the measuring table MTB. In this way, at least a part of the sensor including the light receiving surface is disposed on the measuring station MTB.

測量載台MST能從-X側對測量臂71A卡合,在其卡合狀態下,測量台MTB位於緊挨測量臂71A上方。此時,測量台MTB之位置資訊,藉由對光柵RGa照射測量光束之後述測量臂71A所具有之複數個編碼器讀頭測量。 The measuring stage MST can be engaged with the measuring arm 71A from the -X side, and in its engaged state, the measuring stage MTB is located immediately above the measuring arm 71A. At this time, the position information of the measuring station MTB is measured by irradiating the measuring beam of the grating RGa with a plurality of encoder reading heads of the measuring arm 71A.

又,測量台MTB能從+Y側對粗動載台WCS所支承之微動載台WFS(晶圓台WTB1或WTB2)接近至例如300μm左右以下之距離或接觸,在其接近或接觸狀態下,係與晶圓台WTB1或WTB2上面一起形成外觀上成一體之全平坦面(參照例如圖10)。測量台MTB(測量載台MST)藉由主控制裝置20,透過測量載台驅動系統51C被驅動,而在與晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之間進行液浸區域(液體Lq)之移交。亦即,用以規定形成於投影光學系統PL下之液浸區域之邊界(boundary)之一部分從晶圓台WTB1或WTB2上面與測量台MTB上面之一方被置換至另一方。此外,關於測量台MTB與晶圓台WTB1或WTB2間之液浸區域(液體Lq)之移交,留待後述。 Further, the measuring table MTB can approach the fine movement stage WFS (wafer table WTB1 or WTB2) supported by the coarse movement stage WCS from the +Y side to a distance or contact of, for example, about 300 μm or less, in the approaching or contacting state thereof. Together with the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2, it forms a fully flat surface that is integrated in appearance (see, for example, FIG. 10). The measuring station MTB (measuring stage MST) is driven by the main control unit 20 through the measuring stage driving system 51C, and the liquid immersion area (liquid Lq) is transferred between the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2. That is, one of the boundaries defining the boundary of the liquid immersion area formed under the projection optical system PL is replaced from the upper side of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 and the upper side of the measurement stage MTB to the other. Further, the transfer of the liquid immersion area (liquid Lq) between the measurement stage MTB and the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 will be described later.

其次,說明用於測量被位於曝光站200之晶圓載台WST1或WST2所具備之粗動載台WCS可移動地保持之微動載台WFS(晶圓台WTB1或WTB2)之位置資訊之第1微動載台位置測量系統110A(參照圖6)之構成。此處,例如以測量晶圓載台WST1所具備之晶圓台WTB1之位置資訊之情形為例,說明第1微動載台位置測量系統110A。 Next, the first micromotion for measuring the position information of the fine movement stage WFS (wafer table WTB1 or WTB2) movably held by the coarse movement stage WCS provided in the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 of the exposure station 200 will be described. The configuration of the stage position measuring system 110A (see Fig. 6). Here, for example, a case where the position information of the wafer table WTB1 provided in the wafer stage WST1 is measured will be described as an example, and the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A will be described.

第1微動載台位置測量系統110A之第1背側編碼器系統70A如圖1所示,具備在晶圓載台WST1配置於投影光學系統PL下方之狀態下插入設於粗動載台WCS內部之空間部內之測量臂71A。 As shown in FIG. 1 , the first back side encoder system 70A of the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A is inserted into the coarse movement stage WCS while the wafer stage WST1 is placed under the projection optical system PL. Measuring arm 71A in the space portion.

測量臂71A如圖1所示,具有介由支承構件72A以懸臂狀態支承於主支架BD之臂構件711與收容於臂構件711之內部之後述之編碼器讀頭(光學系統之至少一部分)。亦即,藉由包含測量臂71A之臂構件711與支承構件72A之測量構件(亦稱為支承構件或度量衡臂)將其讀頭部支承成第1背側編碼器系統70A之讀頭部(包含光學系統之至少一部分)配置得較晶圓台WTB1之光柵RG低。藉此,對光柵RG從下方照射第1背側編碼器系統70A之測量光束。臂構件711由以Y軸方向為長度方向之具有長方形剖面之中空柱狀構件構成。臂構件711例如如圖2所示,寬度方向(X軸方向)之尺寸係基端部近旁最寬,從基端部至自長度方向中央略靠基端部之位置隨著往前端側而逐漸變細,從自長度方向中央略靠基端部之位置至前端為止則為大致一定。本實施形態中,雖將第1背側編碼器系統70A之讀頭部配置於晶圓台WTB1之光柵RG與底盤12之表面之間,但例如亦可於底盤12下方配置讀頭部。 As shown in FIG. 1, the measuring arm 71A has an arm member 711 that is supported by the support member 72A in a cantilever state on the main holder BD, and an encoder read head (at least a part of the optical system) which is described later and housed inside the arm member 711. That is, the read head is supported by the measuring member (also referred to as the supporting member or the metrology arm) including the arm member 711 of the measuring arm 71A and the supporting member 72A as the reading head of the first back side encoder system 70A ( Including at least a portion of the optical system is configured to be lower than the grating RG of the wafer table WTB1. Thereby, the measuring beam of the first back side encoder system 70A is irradiated to the grating RG from below. The arm member 711 is composed of a hollow columnar member having a rectangular cross section in the longitudinal direction of the Y-axis direction. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, the arm member 711 has the width in the width direction (X-axis direction) which is the widest in the vicinity of the base end portion, and the position from the base end portion to the base end portion from the center in the longitudinal direction is along the front end side. It gradually becomes thinner, and it is substantially constant from the position from the center of the longitudinal direction to the front end. In the present embodiment, the read head of the first back side encoder system 70A is disposed between the grating RG of the wafer table WTB1 and the surface of the chassis 12. However, for example, a read head may be disposed below the chassis 12.

臂構件711係由低熱膨脹率之材料、最好係0膨脹之材料(例如首德公司之Zerodur(商品名)等)構成。臂構件711係中空且基端部較寬廣,因此剛性較高,在俯視下之形狀亦如上述設定,是以在晶圓載台WST1配置於投影光學系統PL下方之狀態下,在臂構件711之前端部插入粗動載台WCS之空間部內之狀態雖晶圓載台WST1會移動,但此時能防止成為晶圓載台WST1移動之妨礙。又,在與後述之編碼器讀頭之間傳送光(測量光束) 之送光側(光源側)及受光側(檢測器側)之光纖等通過臂構件711之中空部內。此外,臂構件711例如亦可僅有光纖等通過之部分為中空,其他部分係以中實構件形成。此外,為了將臂構件711之特定頻率之振動抑制得較小,亦可於其前端部例如設有具有該特定頻率作為固有共振頻率之質量阻尼器(亦稱為動態阻尼器)。此外,亦可藉由質量阻尼器以外之振動抑制構件來抑制或防止臂構件711之振動。又,此振動抑制構件係補償因臂構件711之振動而產生之第1背側編碼器系統70A之測量誤差之補償裝置之一,後述之第1頂側編碼器系統80A亦係補償裝置之一。 The arm member 711 is composed of a material having a low coefficient of thermal expansion, preferably a material that is 0-expanded (for example, a Zendur (trade name) of Shoude Co., Ltd.). Since the arm member 711 is hollow and has a wide base end portion, the rigidity is high, and the shape in plan view is set as described above, and is disposed in the arm member 711 in a state where the wafer stage WST1 is disposed below the projection optical system PL. When the tip end portion is inserted into the space portion of the coarse movement stage WCS, the wafer stage WST1 moves, but at this time, it is possible to prevent the wafer stage WST1 from being moved. Further, light is transmitted between the encoder read head described later (measurement beam) The optical fiber on the light transmitting side (light source side) and the light receiving side (detector side) passes through the hollow portion of the arm member 711. Further, the arm member 711 may be formed, for example, only by a portion through which an optical fiber or the like passes, and the other portion may be formed by a medium solid member. Further, in order to suppress the vibration of the specific frequency of the arm member 711 to be small, a mass damper (also referred to as a dynamic damper) having the specific frequency as the natural resonance frequency may be provided at the tip end portion thereof. Further, the vibration of the arm member 711 can be suppressed or prevented by the vibration suppressing member other than the mass damper. Further, the vibration suppressing member compensates for one of the measurement errors of the first back side encoder system 70A due to the vibration of the arm member 711, and the first top side encoder system 80A, which will be described later, is also one of the compensating devices. .

在晶圓載台WST1配置於投影光學系統PL下方之狀態下,測量臂71A之臂構件711前端部插入粗動載台WCS之空間部內,如圖1所示,其上面對向於設在微動載台WFS之下面(更正確而言為本體部81之下面)之光柵RG(圖1中未圖示,參照圖3(B)等)。臂構件711之上面在與微動載台WFS之下面之間形成有既定間隙(gap、clearance)、例如數mm程度之間隙之狀態下與微動載台WFS下面大致平行配置。此外,臂構件711之上面與微動載台WFS之下面之間之間隙亦可為數mm以上或以下。 In a state where the wafer stage WST1 is disposed under the projection optical system PL, the tip end portion of the arm member 711 of the measuring arm 71A is inserted into the space portion of the coarse movement stage WCS, and as shown in FIG. A grating RG (not shown in FIG. 1 , see FIG. 3 (B), etc.) of the lower surface of the stage WFS (more precisely, the lower surface of the main body portion 81). The upper surface of the arm member 711 is disposed substantially parallel to the lower surface of the fine movement stage WFS in a state in which a predetermined gap (gap, clearance), for example, a gap of several mm is formed between the upper surface of the arm member 711 and the lower surface of the fine movement stage WFS. Further, the gap between the upper surface of the arm member 711 and the lower surface of the fine movement stage WFS may be several mm or more.

如圖7所示,第1背側編碼器系統70A包含測量位於曝光站200之微動載台WFS之X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向之位置之三維編碼器73a、測量微動載台WFS之X軸及Z軸方向之位置之XZ編碼器73b、以及測量微動載台WFS之Y軸及Z軸方向之位置之YZ編碼器73c。 As shown in FIG. 7, the first back side encoder system 70A includes a three-dimensional encoder 73a that measures the positions of the fine motion stage WFS of the exposure station 200 in the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions, and X of the measurement micro-motion stage WFS. The XZ encoder 73b at the position of the axis and the Z-axis direction, and the YZ encoder 73c for measuring the positions of the Y-axis and the Z-axis direction of the fine movement stage WFS.

XZ編碼器73b及YZ編碼器73c之各個具備分別收納於測量臂71A之臂構件711內部之以X軸及Z軸方向為測量方向之二維讀頭、以及以Y軸及Z軸方向為測量方向之二維讀頭。以下,為了說明方便,將XZ 編碼器73b及YZ編碼器73c分別具備之二維讀頭使用與各編碼器相同之符號而標記為XZ讀頭73b、YZ讀頭73c。此等XZ讀頭73b及YZ讀頭73c之各個,能使用與例如美國發明專利第7,561,280號說明書所揭示之位移測量讀頭相同構成之編碼器讀頭(以下適當簡稱為讀頭)。又,三維編碼器73a具備收納於測量臂71A之臂構件711內部之以X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向為測量方向之三維讀頭。以下,為了說明方便,將三維編碼器73a具備之三維讀頭使用與其編碼器相同之符號而標記為三維讀頭73a。作為三維讀頭73a,能使用例如將XZ讀頭73b與YZ讀頭73c組合成各測量點(檢測點)為相同點且能進行X軸方向、Y軸方向及Z軸方向之測量而構成之三維讀頭。 Each of the XZ encoder 73b and the YZ encoder 73c includes a two-dimensional read head that is accommodated in the arm member 711 of the measuring arm 71A and has a measurement direction in the X-axis and Z-axis directions, and is measured in the Y-axis and Z-axis directions. Two-dimensional reading of the direction. Below, for the convenience of explanation, XZ will be Each of the encoder 73b and the YZ encoder 73c is provided with a two-dimensional read head, and is denoted by the same reference numerals as the respective encoders, and is referred to as an XZ read head 73b and a YZ read head 73c. For each of the XZ read head 73b and the YZ read head 73c, an encoder read head (hereinafter referred to simply as a read head) having the same configuration as the displacement measurement read head disclosed in the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 7,561,280 can be used. Further, the three-dimensional encoder 73a includes a three-dimensional read head that is housed inside the arm member 711 of the measuring arm 71A and that has a measurement direction of the X-axis, the Y-axis, and the Z-axis. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the three-dimensional read head included in the three-dimensional encoder 73a is labeled as a three-dimensional read head 73a using the same reference numerals as those of the encoder. As the three-dimensional read head 73a, for example, the XZ read head 73b and the YZ read head 73c can be combined so that each measurement point (detection point) is the same point and measurement can be performed in the X-axis direction, the Y-axis direction, and the Z-axis direction. 3D read head.

圖8(A)係以立體圖顯示臂構件711之前端部,圖8(B)係顯示從+Z方向觀看臂構件711之前端部上面之俯視圖。如圖8(A)及圖8(B)所示,三維讀頭73a,係從在平行於X軸之直線LX1上位於從直線LY1(與位於從臂構件711之中心線CL起既定距離之Y軸平行)起等距離(設為距離a)位置之兩點(參照圖8(B)之白圓圈)對光柵RG上照射測量光束LBxa1、LBxa2(參照圖8(A))。又,三維讀頭73a係在直線LY1上位於從直線LX1起均為距離a之位置之兩點對光柵RG上照射測量光束LBya1、LBya2。測量光束LBxa1、LBxa2照射於光柵RG上之相同照射點,又,於該照射點亦被照射測量光束LBya1、LBya2。本實施形態中,測量光束LBxa1、LBxa2及測量光束LBya1、LBya2之照射點、亦即三維讀頭73a之檢測點(參照圖8(B)中之符號DP1)位於照射於晶圓W之照明光IL之照射區域(曝光區域)IA中心即曝光位置之正下方(參照圖1)。此處,直線LY1一致於前述之基準軸LV。 8(A) shows a front end portion of the arm member 711 in a perspective view, and FIG. 8(B) shows a plan view of the upper end portion of the arm member 711 viewed from the +Z direction. As shown in FIGS. 8(A) and 8(B), the three-dimensional read head 73a is located at a predetermined distance from the straight line LY1 on the straight line LX1 parallel to the X-axis (located from the center line CL of the arm member 711). The Y-axis is parallel to the two points of the equidistant distance (set to the distance a) (see the white circle of FIG. 8(B)), and the measurement beam LBxa1, LBxa2 is irradiated onto the grating RG (see FIG. 8(A)). Further, the three-dimensional reading head 73a irradiates the gratings RG with the measuring beams LBya1, LBya2 at two points on the straight line LY1 at positions which are all at a distance a from the straight line LX1. The measuring beams LBxa1, LBxa2 are irradiated to the same illumination point on the grating RG, and the measuring beams LBya1, LBya2 are also illuminated at the irradiation point. In the present embodiment, the irradiation points of the measurement light beams LBxa1 and LBxa2 and the measurement light beams LBya1 and LBya2, that is, the detection points of the three-dimensional read head 73a (see the symbol DP1 in FIG. 8(B)) are located on the illumination light irradiated on the wafer W. The IA center of the irradiation area (exposure area) of IL is directly below the exposure position (refer to FIG. 1). Here, the straight line LY1 coincides with the aforementioned reference axis LV.

XZ讀頭73b配置於往三維讀頭73a之+Y側分離既定距離 之位置。如圖8(B)所示,XZ讀頭73b係在直線LY2(位於從直線LX1起往+Y側既定距離,與X軸平行)上位於從直線LY1起均為距離a之位置之兩點(參照圖8(B)之白圓圈)對光柵RG上之共通照射點照射在圖8(A)中分別以虛線顯示之測量光束LBxc1、LBxc2。測量光束LBxc1、LBxc2之照射點、亦即XZ讀頭73b之檢測點於圖8(B)以符號DP3顯示。 The XZ read head 73b is disposed to separate the predetermined distance from the +Y side of the three-dimensional read head 73a. The location. As shown in Fig. 8(B), the XZ read head 73b is located at a position on the straight line LY2 (located at a predetermined distance from the straight line LX1 to the +Y side, parallel to the X-axis) at a position a distance a from the straight line LY1. (Refer to the white circle of Fig. 8(B)) The common irradiation spots on the grating RG are irradiated with the measuring beams LBxc1 and LBxc2 which are respectively shown by broken lines in Fig. 8(A). The illumination point of the measurement beams LBxc1, LBxc2, that is, the detection point of the XZ read head 73b is shown by the symbol DP3 in Fig. 8(B).

YZ讀頭73c,配置於往三維讀頭73a之-X側分離既定距離之位置。YZ讀頭73c係在直線LY2(相對中心線CL與直線LY成對稱)上從直線LX1起均為距離a之位置之兩點(參照圖8(B)之白圓圈)對光柵RG上照射測量光束LByb1、LByb2。測量光束LByb1、LByb2照射於光柵RG上之相同照射點。測量光束LByb1、LByb2之照射點、亦即YZ讀頭73c之檢測點(參照圖8(B)中之符號DP2)係從緊挨曝光位置下方之點往-X側分離既定距離之點。 The YZ read head 73c is disposed at a position separated from the -X side of the three-dimensional read head 73a by a predetermined distance. The YZ read head 73c illuminates the grating RG at two points (see the white circle of FIG. 8(B)) at a position a distance a from the straight line LX1 on the straight line LY2 (symmetric with respect to the center line CL and the straight line LY). Light beams LByb1, LByb2. The measuring beams LByb1, LByb2 are illuminated at the same illumination point on the grating RG. The irradiation point of the measuring beams LByb1, LByb2, that is, the detection point of the YZ reading head 73c (refer to symbol DP2 in Fig. 8(B)) is a point at which a predetermined distance is separated from the point immediately below the exposure position to the -X side.

在第1背側編碼器系統70A,藉由使用光柵RG之X繞射格子及Y繞射格子測量微動載台WFS之X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向之位置之三維讀頭73a分別構成三維編碼器,藉由使用光柵RG之X繞射格子測量微動載台WFS之X軸及Z軸方向之位置之XZ讀頭73b構成XZ編碼器,藉由使用光柵RG之Y繞射格子測量微動載台WFS之Y軸及Z軸方向之位置之YZ讀頭73c構成YZ編碼器73d。以下,為了說明方便,係將上述各編碼器使用與各讀頭相同之符號標記為三維編碼器73a(編碼器73a)、XZ編碼器73b(編碼器73b)、YZ編碼器73c(編碼器73c)。 In the first back side encoder system 70A, the three-dimensional read head 73a which measures the positions of the X-axis, the Y-axis, and the Z-axis direction of the fine movement stage WFS by using the X diffraction grating of the grating RG and the Y diffraction grating respectively constitutes a three-dimensional shape. The encoder forms an XZ encoder by measuring the X-axis read head 73b of the X-axis and Z-axis directions of the micro-motion stage WFS using the X-ray diffraction grating of the grating RG, and measuring the micro-motion load by using the Y-circular lattice of the grating RG. The YZ read head 73c at the position of the Y-axis and the Z-axis direction of the table WFS constitutes a YZ encoder 73d. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the above encoders are denoted by the same symbols as the respective read heads as a three-dimensional encoder 73a (encoder 73a), an XZ encoder 73b (encoder 73b), and a YZ encoder 73c (encoder 73c). ).

第1背側編碼器系統70A之編碼器73a,73b,73c之輸出被供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖7)。 The outputs of the encoders 73a, 73b, 73c of the first back side encoder system 70A are supplied to the main control unit 20 (refer to Fig. 7).

主控制裝置20使用編碼器73a之三軸方向(X、Y、Z)之測量值運算微動載台WFS之X軸、Y軸、Z軸方向之位置,使用編碼器73a、73c之Y軸方向之測量值運算微動載台WFS之θz方向之位置,使用編碼器73a、73c之Z軸方向之測量值運算微動載台WFS之θy方向之位置,使用編碼器73a、73b之Z軸方向之測量值運算微動載台WFS之θx方向之位置。此外,亦能使用編碼器73a、73b之X軸方向之測量值運算微動載台WFS之θz方向之位置。 The main control unit 20 calculates the positions of the X-axis, the Y-axis, and the Z-axis direction of the fine movement stage WFS using the measured values of the three-axis directions (X, Y, Z) of the encoder 73a, and uses the Y-axis directions of the encoders 73a and 73c. The measured value is calculated in the θz direction of the fine movement stage WFS, and the position in the θy direction of the fine movement stage WFS is calculated using the measured values of the encoders 73a and 73c in the Z-axis direction, and the Z-axis direction measurement using the encoders 73a and 73b is used. The value is calculated in the θx direction of the fine movement stage WFS. Further, the position of the θz direction of the fine movement stage WFS can be calculated using the measured values of the encoders 73a and 73b in the X-axis direction.

此處,本實施形態中,三維讀頭73a之檢測點DP1在俯視下一致於曝光位置,因此係在該檢測點DP1測量微動載台WFS之X軸、Y軸、Z軸方向之位置。 Here, in the present embodiment, since the detection point DP1 of the three-dimensional read head 73a coincides with the exposure position in plan view, the position of the micro-motion stage WFS in the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions is measured at the detection point DP1.

上述之讀頭73a~73d,由於測量光束在空氣中之光路長極短且大致相等,因此幾乎能忽視空氣波動之影響。因此,能藉由第1背側編碼器系統70A高精度地測量微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置資訊。又,第1背側編碼器系統70A之X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向之實質之光柵上之檢測點,由於分別位於曝光區域IA之中心(曝光位置)正下方(在俯視下一致於曝光區域IA之中心),因此能抑制所謂阿貝誤差之產生至實質上能忽視之程度。因此,主控制裝置20,能藉由使用第1背側編碼器系統70A,在無阿貝誤差之情形下高精度地測量微動載台WFS之X軸方向、Y軸方向及Z軸方向之位置。此外,第1背側編碼器系統70A雖亦可僅測量晶圓台WTB1(或晶圓載台WST1)之六自由度方向之位置資訊,但最好能如本實施形態般,使用與六自由度方向之位置資訊測量所必要之複數個測量光束不同之至少一個測量光束來測量晶圓台WTB1(或晶圓載台WST1)之位置資訊。 此情形下,主控制裝置20,能使用藉由與測量六自由度方向之位置資訊所必須之複數個測量光束不同之至少一個測量光束以第1背側編碼器系統70A測量之晶圓台WTB1(或晶圓載台WST1)之位置資訊,更新用以補償因光柵RG而產生之第1背側編碼器系統70A之測量誤差之資訊。 In the above-described read heads 73a to 73d, since the optical path length of the measuring beam in the air is extremely short and substantially equal, the influence of the air fluctuation can be almost ignored. Therefore, the position information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the fine movement stage WFS can be accurately measured by the first back side encoder system 70A. Further, the detection points on the substantially raster of the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions of the first back side encoder system 70A are respectively located directly below the center (exposure position) of the exposure area IA (the exposure is uniform in plan view) The center of the region IA) can therefore suppress the occurrence of the so-called Abbe error to a level that can be substantially ignored. Therefore, the main control device 20 can accurately measure the position of the micro-motion stage WFS in the X-axis direction, the Y-axis direction, and the Z-axis direction without using the Abbe error by using the first back side encoder system 70A. . Further, although the first back side encoder system 70A can measure only the positional information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 (or the wafer stage WST1), it is preferable to use six degrees of freedom as in the present embodiment. The position information of the direction measurement information is measured by measuring at least one of the plurality of measurement beams to measure the position information of the wafer table WTB1 (or the wafer stage WST1). In this case, the main control unit 20 can use the wafer table WTB1 measured by the first back side encoder system 70A by using at least one measurement beam different from the plurality of measurement beams necessary for measuring the position information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction. The position information of the (or wafer stage WST1) is updated to compensate for the measurement error of the first back side encoder system 70A generated by the grating RG.

其次,說明構成第1微動載台位置測量系統110A一部分之第1頂側編碼器系統80A之構成等。第1頂側編碼器系統80A能與第1背側編碼器系統70A並行地測量晶圓台WTB1(微動載台WFS)之六自由度方向之位置資訊。 Next, the configuration of the first top side encoder system 80A constituting a part of the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A will be described. The first top side encoder system 80A can measure the positional information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 (micro-motion stage WFS) in parallel with the first back side encoder system 70A.

曝光裝置100中,例如如圖2所示,於投影單元PU(嘴單元32)之+X側、-X側分別配置有一對讀頭部62A、62C。讀頭部62A、62C如後述分別包含複數個讀頭,此等讀頭介由支承構件以懸吊狀態固定於主支架BD(圖2中未圖示,參照圖1等)。 In the exposure apparatus 100, for example, as shown in FIG. 2, a pair of read heads 62A and 62C are respectively disposed on the +X side and the -X side of the projection unit PU (mouth unit 32). Each of the read heads 62A and 62C includes a plurality of read heads as will be described later, and the read heads are fixed to the main holder BD in a suspended state via a support member (not shown in FIG. 2, see FIG. 1 and the like).

讀頭部62A、62C如圖5所示,具備各五個之四軸讀頭651~655,641~645。於四軸讀頭651~655之殼體內部,收容有以X軸及Z軸方向作為測量方向之XZ讀頭65X1~65X5、以及以Y軸及Z軸方向作為測量方向之YZ讀頭65Y1~65Y5。同樣地,於四軸讀頭641~645之殼體內部,收容有XZ讀頭64X1~64X5、以及YZ讀頭64Y1~64Y5。XZ讀頭65X1~65X5及64X1~64X5、以及YZ讀頭65Y1~65Y5及64Y1~64Y5之各個,能使用例如與美國發明專利第7,561,280號說明書所揭示之位移測量感測器讀頭相同構成之編碼器讀頭。 As shown in FIG. 5, the read heads 62A and 62C are provided with five four-axis read heads 651 to 655 and 641 to 645. Inside the housing of the four-axis read heads 651 to 655, the XZ read heads 65X1 to 65X5 having the X-axis and Z-axis directions as measurement directions and the YZ read head 65Y1 with the Y-axis and Z-axis directions as measurement directions are housed. 65Y5. Similarly, inside the casing of the four-axis read heads 641 to 645, XZ read heads 64X1 to 64X5 and YZ read heads 64Y1 to 64Y5 are housed. Each of the XZ read heads 65X1 to 65X5 and 64X1 to 64X5, and the YZ read heads 65Y1 to 65Y5 and 64Y1 to 64Y5 can be coded in the same manner as the displacement measurement sensor read head disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 7,561,280. Read head.

XZ讀頭65X1~65X4,64X1~64X5(更正確而言,係XZ讀頭65X1~65X5,64X1~64X5所發出之測量光束之標尺391,392上之照射點), 係以既定間隔WD(參照圖2)配置於通過投影光學系統PL之光軸AX(在本實施形態中亦與前述之曝光區域IA中心一致)且與X軸平行之直線(以下稱為基準軸)LH上。又,YZ讀頭65Y1~65Y5,64Y1~64Y5(更正確而言,係YZ讀頭65Y1~65Y5,64Y1~64Y5所發出之測量光束之標尺391,392上之照射點),係於與基準軸LH平行且從基準軸LH往-Y側分離既定距離之直線LH1上配置於與對應之XZ讀頭65X1~65X5,64X1~64X5相同之X位置。以下,視必要情形將XZ讀頭65X1~65X5,64X1~64X5及YZ讀頭65Y1~65Y5,64Y1~64Y5亦分別標記為XZ讀頭65X,64X及YZ讀頭65Y,64Y。此外,基準軸LH一致於前述之直線LX1。 XZ read head 65X1~65X4, 64X1~64X5 (more correctly, the XZ read head 65X1~65X5, 64X1~64X5 emits the measuring beam on the scale 391,392) It is disposed at a predetermined interval WD (see FIG. 2) on a line passing through the optical axis AX of the projection optical system PL (which is also coincident with the center of the exposure region IA in the present embodiment) and parallel to the X-axis (hereinafter referred to as a reference axis) ) LH. Also, the YZ read heads 65Y1 to 65Y5, 64Y1 to 64Y5 (more precisely, the YZ read heads 65Y1 to 65Y5, the irradiation points on the scales 391, 392 of the measuring beam emitted by 64Y1 to 64Y5) are parallel to the reference axis LH. Further, the line LH1 that is separated from the reference axis LH to the -Y side by a predetermined distance is disposed at the same X position as the corresponding XZ heads 65X1 to 65X5, 64X1 to 64X5. Hereinafter, the XZ read heads 65X1 to 65X5, 64X1 to 64X5, and the YZ read heads 65Y1 to 65Y5, 64Y1 to 64Y5 are also referred to as XZ read heads 65X, 64X and YZ read heads 65Y, 64Y, respectively, as necessary. Further, the reference axis LH coincides with the aforementioned straight line LX1.

讀頭部62A、62C構成分別使用標尺391,392測量晶圓台WTB1之X軸方向位置(X位置)及Z軸方向位置(Z位置)之多眼(此處為五眼)之XZ線性編碼器、及測量Y軸方向位置(Y位置)及Z位置之多眼(此處為五眼)之YZ線性編碼器。以下為了說明方便,將此等編碼器使用與XZ讀頭65X,64X及YZ讀頭65Y,64Y分別相同之符號標記為XZ線性編碼器65X,64X及YZ線性編碼器65Y,64Y(參照圖7)。 The read heads 62A and 62C constitute an XZ linear encoder that measures the X-axis direction position (X position) of the wafer table WTB1 and the Z-axis direction position (Z position) by using the scales 391, 392, respectively. And YZ linear encoder for measuring the Y-axis direction position (Y position) and the Z-position multi-eye (here, five eyes). For convenience of explanation, the encoders are denoted by the same symbols as the XZ read heads 65X, 64X and the YZ read heads 65Y, 64Y, respectively, as XZ linear encoders 65X, 64X and YZ linear encoders 65Y, 64Y (refer to FIG. 7). ).

本實施形態中,藉由XZ線性編碼器65X與YZ線性編碼器65Y構成測量晶圓台WTB1在X軸、Y軸、Z軸及θx之各方向之位置資訊之多眼(此處為四眼)之四軸編碼器65(參照圖7)。同樣地,藉由XZ線性編碼器64X與YZ線性編碼器64Y構成測量晶圓台WTB1在X軸、Y軸、Z軸及θx之各方向之位置資訊之多眼(此處為四眼)之四軸編碼器64(參照圖7)。 In the present embodiment, the XZ linear encoder 65X and the YZ linear encoder 65Y constitute a multi-eye (here, four eyes) for measuring the position information of the wafer table WTB1 in each of the X-axis, the Y-axis, the Z-axis, and the θx direction. The four-axis encoder 65 (see Fig. 7). Similarly, the XZ linear encoder 64X and the YZ linear encoder 64Y constitute a multi-eye (here, four eyes) for measuring the position information of the wafer table WTB1 in each of the X-axis, the Y-axis, the Z-axis, and the θx. The four-axis encoder 64 (refer to Fig. 7).

此處,讀頭部62A、62C分別具備之四個XZ讀頭65X,64X(更 正確而言,係XZ讀頭65X,64X所發出之測量光束之標尺391,392上之照射點)及四個YZ讀頭65Y,64Y(更正確而言,係YZ讀頭65Y,64Y所發出之測量光束之標尺391,392上之照射點)之X軸方向之間隔WD,設定為較標尺391,392之X軸方向寬度狹窄。 Here, the read heads 62A, 62C are respectively provided with four XZ read heads 65X, 64X (more Correctly speaking, it is the XZ read head 65X, the illumination point on the scale 391,392 of the measuring beam emitted by 64X) and the four YZ read heads 65Y, 64Y (more correctly, the measurement issued by the YZ read head 65Y, 64Y) The interval WD in the X-axis direction of the irradiation spot on the scales 391, 392 of the light beam is set to be narrower than the width of the scales 391, 392 in the X-axis direction.

因此,在曝光時等,分別四個之XZ讀頭65X,64X,YZ讀頭65Y,64Y中至少各一個讀頭會隨時對向於對應之標尺391,392(對其照射測量光束)。此處,標尺之寬度係指繞射格子(或此形成區域)之寬度、更正確而言係指能藉由讀頭測量位置之範圍。 Therefore, at the time of exposure or the like, at least one of the four XZ read heads 65X, 64X, YZ read heads 65Y, 64Y, respectively, will face the corresponding scales 391, 392 (which illuminate the measuring beam). Here, the width of the scale refers to the width of the diffraction grating (or the formation region), and more precisely to the range in which the position can be measured by the read head.

是以,藉由四軸編碼器65與四軸編碼器64,構成在晶圓載台WST1位於曝光站200時測量粗動載台WCS所支承之晶圓台WTB1(微動載台WFS)之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第1頂側編碼器系統80A。此處,晶圓台WTB1(微動載台WFS)之θz方向之位置,係使用以四軸編碼器65及四軸編碼器64之各個測量之在Z軸方向之位置之差來求出,晶圓台WTB1(微動載台WFS)之θz方向之位置,係使用以四軸編碼器65及四軸編碼器64之各個測量之在Y軸方向之位置之差來求出。 Therefore, the four-axis encoder 65 and the four-axis encoder 64 are configured to measure the six free positions of the wafer table WTB1 (micro-motion stage WFS) supported by the coarse movement stage WCS when the wafer stage WST1 is located at the exposure station 200. The first top side encoder system 80A of the position information in the direction of the direction. Here, the position in the θz direction of the wafer table WTB1 (micro-motion stage WFS) is obtained by using the difference between the positions of the four-axis encoder 65 and the four-axis encoder 64 measured in the Z-axis direction. The position in the θz direction of the circular table WTB1 (micro-motion stage WFS) is obtained by using the difference between the positions of the four-axis encoder 65 and the four-axis encoder 64 measured in the Y-axis direction.

本實施形態中,進一步於讀頭部62A、62C各自之-Y側,相對基準軸LV對稱地配置有與四軸讀頭651~655及641~645相同之構成之一對四軸讀頭656、646。構成四軸讀頭656之XZ讀頭65X6及YZ讀頭65Y6,配置於與XZ讀頭65X3相同之X位置。構成四軸讀頭646之XZ讀頭64X6及YZ讀頭64Y6,配置於與XZ讀頭64X3相同之X位置。 In the present embodiment, one of the four-axis read heads 656 having the same configuration as the four-axis read heads 651 to 655 and 641 to 645 is disposed symmetrically with respect to the reference axis LV on the -Y side of each of the read heads 62A and 62C. 646. The XZ read head 65X6 and the YZ read head 65Y6 constituting the four-axis read head 656 are disposed at the same X position as the XZ read head 65X3. The XZ read head 64X6 and the YZ read head 64Y6 constituting the four-axis read head 646 are disposed at the same X position as the XZ read head 64X3.

一對四軸讀頭656、646,構成在從後述之測量台MTB與晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之接近或接觸之狀態(並列)之開始時至第1微動載台位 置測量系統110A對晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之位置測量開始為止之期間,使用一對標尺391,392測量晶圓台WTB1或WTB2在六自由度方向之位置資訊之一對編碼器,藉由此一對編碼器構成第3微動載台位置測量系統110C(參照圖6)。 The pair of four-axis read heads 656 and 646 are formed at the start of the state (parallel) from the measurement table MTB and the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2, which is described later, to the first micro-motion stage. The measuring system 110A measures the position information of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 in the six-degree-of-freedom direction by using a pair of scales 391, 392 during the measurement of the position of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2. The encoder constitutes a third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C (refer to FIG. 6).

構成第1頂側編碼器系統80A、第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之各編碼器之測量值被供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖6、圖7等)。 The measured values of the encoders constituting the first top side encoder system 80A and the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C are supplied to the main control unit 20 (see FIGS. 6 and 7 and the like).

又,雖圖示省略,但主控制裝置20在將晶圓載台WST1驅動於X軸方向時,係將測量晶圓台WTB1之位置資訊之XZ讀頭65X,64X及YZ讀頭65Y,64Y依序切換為相鄰之XZ讀頭65X,64X及YZ讀頭65Y,64Y。亦即,為了順暢地進行此XZ讀頭及YZ讀頭之切換(接續),係如前所述,讀頭部62A、62C所含之相鄰之XZ讀頭及YZ讀頭之間隔WD設定為較標尺391,392之X軸方向寬度狹窄。 Further, although not shown, when the wafer stage WST1 is driven in the X-axis direction, the main control unit 20 controls the XZ heads 65X and 64X and the YZ heads 65Y and 64Y of the position information of the wafer table WTB1. The sequence is switched to the adjacent XZ read head 65X, 64X and YZ read head 65Y, 64Y. That is, in order to smoothly perform the switching (synchronization) of the XZ read head and the YZ read head, as described above, the interval WD setting of the adjacent XZ read head and YZ read head included in the read heads 62A, 62C is set. It is narrower in width in the X-axis direction than the scale 391,392.

由至此為止之說明可知,本實施形態中,在晶圓載台WST1位於曝光站200時,粗動載台WCS所支承之晶圓台WTB1(微動載台WFS)之六自由度方向之位置資訊,能藉由第1背側編碼器系統70A與第1頂側編碼器系統80A並行地測量。 As described above, in the present embodiment, when the wafer stage WST1 is located in the exposure station 200, the position information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 (micro-motion stage WFS) supported by the coarse movement stage WCS is The first back side encoder system 70A can be measured in parallel with the first top side encoder system 80A.

在晶圓載台WST2位於曝光站200時,藉由分別對晶圓台WTB2背面之光柵RG照射測量光束之三維讀頭73a、XZ讀頭73b及YZ讀頭73c測量晶圓台WTB2之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第1背側編碼器系統70A係與前述相同地構成。又,此情形下,藉由分別對晶圓台WTB2上面之一對標尺391,392照射測量光束之讀頭部62A,62C所具有之各五個四軸讀頭分別構成之五眼四軸編碼器65與四軸編碼器64來測量粗動載台WCS 所支承之晶圓台WTB2(微動載台WFS)之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第1頂側編碼器系統80A係與前述相同地構成。 When the wafer stage WST2 is located at the exposure station 200, the six degrees of freedom of the wafer table WTB2 are measured by respectively irradiating the three-dimensional read head 73a, the XZ read head 73b and the YZ read head 73c of the measuring beam to the grating RG on the back side of the wafer table WTB2. The first back side encoder system 70A of the positional information of the direction is configured in the same manner as described above. Further, in this case, the five-eye four-axis encoder 65 respectively constituted by each of the five four-axis read heads of the read heads 62A, 62C of the measuring beam by the pair of scales 391, 392 on the upper surface of the wafer table WTB2 Measuring the coarse motion stage WCS with a four-axis encoder 64 The first top encoder system 80A of the position information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB2 (micro-motion stage WFS) supported is configured in the same manner as described above.

亦即,本實施形態中,不論晶圓載台WST1、WST2之任一者是否位於曝光站200,均藉由對向於微動載台WFS(被位於曝光站200之粗動載台WCS所支承)所具備之光柵RG之臂構件711所內藏之讀頭73a~73c構成測量微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第1背側編碼器系統70A,藉由分別對向於微動載台WFS(被位於曝光站200之粗動載台WCS所支承)所具備之一對標尺391,392之讀頭部62A,62C構成測量微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第1頂側編碼器系統80A。 That is, in the present embodiment, regardless of whether or not any of the wafer stages WST1, WST2 is located in the exposure station 200, it is opposed to the fine movement stage WFS (supported by the coarse movement stage WCS of the exposure station 200). The read heads 73a to 73c included in the arm member 711 of the grating RG provided constitute the first back side encoder system 70A for measuring the position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the fine movement stage WFS, which are respectively opposed to the micro-motion load. The reading heads 62A, 62C of one of the pair of scales 391, 392, which are provided by the table WFS (supported by the coarse movement stage WCS of the exposure station 200), constitute the first top side for measuring the position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the micro-motion stage WFS. Encoder system 80A.

然而,第1頂側編碼器系統80A與第1背側編碼器系統70A各有如下所述之優點、缺點。第1頂側編碼器系統80A,因例如用於θx、θy、θz方向之位置測量之複數個讀頭之檢測點彼此之間隔較第1背側編碼器系統70A寬廣等理由,至少在θx、θy、θz方向之位置測量方面,第1頂側編碼器系統80A之座標系較第1背側編碼器系統70A之座標系更為可靠。 However, the first top side encoder system 80A and the first back side encoder system 70A each have the advantages and disadvantages described below. The first top side encoder system 80A is at least θx, for example, because the detection points of the plurality of read heads for position measurement in the θx, θy, and θz directions are wider than the first back side encoder system 70A. In terms of position measurement in the θy and θz directions, the coordinate of the first top side encoder system 80A is more reliable than the coordinate system of the first back side encoder system 70A.

另一方面,第1背側編碼器系統70A具有光柵RG之變形及讀頭73a~73c之漂移等長期變動少、測量訊號之靜態成分可靠性高等之優點。 On the other hand, the first back side encoder system 70A has an advantage that the deformation of the grating RG and the drift of the read heads 73a to 73c are small, and the static component of the measurement signal is highly reliable.

因此,本實施形態中,包含後述之曝光時在內,在晶圓載台WST1或WST2位於曝光站200時,藉由第1背側編碼器系統70A與第1頂側編碼器系統80A並行地進行微動載台WFS(晶圓台WTB1或WTB2)之位置資訊之測量,而根據可靠性較高者之位置資訊進行晶圓台WTB1或WTB2 之位置控制。以下,例如在X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向係根據以第1背側編碼器系統70A測量之位置資訊,在θx、θy、θz方向係根據以第1頂側編碼器系統80A測量之位置資訊來進行晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之位置控制。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 is located in the exposure station 200, including the exposure time described later, the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A perform in parallel. Measurement of the position information of the micro-motion stage WFS (wafer table WTB1 or WTB2), and the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 according to the position information of the higher reliability Position control. Hereinafter, for example, in the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions, the position measured by the first back side encoder system 70A is based on the position measured by the first top side encoder system 80A in the θx, θy, and θz directions. Information for position control of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2.

其次,說明被位於測量站300之粗動載台WCS可移動地保持之微動載台WFS之位置資訊測量所使用之第2微動載台位置測量系統110B(參照圖6)之構成。此處,例如以測量晶圓載台WST2所具備之晶圓台WTB2之位置資訊之情形為例,說明第2微動載台位置測量系統110B。 Next, the configuration of the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B (see FIG. 6) used for position information measurement of the fine movement stage WFS movably held by the coarse movement stage WCS of the measuring station 300 will be described. Here, the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B will be described by taking, for example, a case where the position information of the wafer table WTB2 provided in the wafer stage WST2 is measured.

第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之第2背側編碼器系統70B,具備在晶圓載台WST2配置於對準檢測系ALG下方之狀態下插入設在粗動載台WCS內部之空間部內之測量臂71B(參照圖1)。 The second back side encoder system 70B of the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B includes a measurement in which the wafer stage WST2 is placed under the alignment detecting system ALG and inserted into the space portion inside the coarse movement stage WCS. Arm 71B (see Fig. 1).

測量臂71B如圖1所示,具有介由支承構件72B以懸臂狀態支承於主支架BD之臂構件712與收容於臂構件712之內部之後述之編碼器讀頭(光學系統)。測量臂71B雖臂構件712之長度較前述之臂構件711長,但整體係與前述之測量臂71A概略構成為左右對稱。 As shown in FIG. 1, the measuring arm 71B has an arm member 712 that is supported by the support member 72B in a cantilever state on the main holder BD, and an encoder read head (optical system) which is described later and housed inside the arm member 712. Although the length of the arm member 712 is longer than the arm member 711 described above, the measuring arm 71B is generally configured to be bilaterally symmetrical with the measuring arm 71A described above.

如前所述在晶圓載台WST2配置於對準檢測系ALG下方之狀態下,如圖1所示,測量臂71B之臂構件712前端部插入粗動載台WCS之空間部內,其上面對向於設在微動載台WFS(晶圓台WTB2)下面(更正確而言為本體部81之下面)之光柵RG(圖1中未圖示,參照圖3(B)等)。臂構件712之上面在與微動載台WFS之下面之間形成有既定間隙(gap、clearance)、例如數mm程度之間隙之狀態下與微動載台WFS下面大致平行配置。 As described above, in the state in which the wafer stage WST2 is disposed below the alignment detecting system ALG, as shown in FIG. 1, the tip end portion of the arm member 712 of the measuring arm 71B is inserted into the space portion of the coarse movement stage WCS, and the upper surface thereof is opposed to The grating RG (not shown in FIG. 1 , see FIG. 3 (B), etc.) provided under the fine movement stage WFS (wafer table WTB2) (more precisely, the lower surface of the main body portion 81). The upper surface of the arm member 712 is disposed substantially parallel to the lower surface of the fine movement stage WFS in a state in which a predetermined gap (gap, clearance), for example, a gap of several mm is formed between the upper surface of the arm member 712 and the lower surface of the fine movement stage WFS.

如圖7所示,第2背側編碼器系統70B與前述之第1背側編碼器系統70A同樣地,包含分別測量微動載台WFS之X軸、Y軸及Z軸方 向之位置之三維編碼器75a、測量微動載台WFS之X軸及Z軸方向之位置之XZ編碼器75b、以及測量微動載台WFS之Y軸及Z軸方向之位置之YZ編碼器75c。 As shown in FIG. 7, the second back side encoder system 70B includes the X-axis, the Y-axis, and the Z-axis of the fine movement stage WFS, respectively, as in the first back side encoder system 70A. The three-dimensional encoder 75a at the position, the XZ encoder 75b that measures the positions of the micro-motion stage WFS in the X-axis and the Z-axis direction, and the YZ encoder 75c that measures the positions of the fine movement stage WFS in the Y-axis and Z-axis directions.

XZ編碼器75b及XZ編碼器75c之各個具備分別收納於臂構件712內部之以X軸及Z軸方向為測量方向之二維讀頭、以及以Y軸及Z軸方向為測量方向之二維讀頭。以下,為了說明方便,將XZ編碼器75b及XZ編碼器75c分別具備之二維讀頭使用與各編碼器相同之符號而標記為XZ讀頭75b、YZ讀頭75c。三維編碼器75a具備以X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向為測量方向之三維讀頭。以下,為了說明方便,將三維編碼器75a具備之三維讀頭使用與其編碼器相同之符號而標記為三維讀頭75a。作為上述之二維讀頭75b、75c、三維讀頭75a,能使用與前述之二維讀頭73b、73c、三維讀頭73a相同之構成。 Each of the XZ encoder 75b and the XZ encoder 75c includes a two-dimensional read head that is accommodated in the arm member 712 and has a measurement direction in the X-axis and Z-axis directions, and a two-dimensional measurement direction in the Y-axis and Z-axis directions. Read the head. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the two-dimensional read heads respectively provided in the XZ encoder 75b and the XZ encoder 75c are denoted by the same reference numerals as the respective encoders, and are referred to as an XZ read head 75b and a YZ read head 75c. The three-dimensional encoder 75a includes a three-dimensional read head in which the X-axis, the Y-axis, and the Z-axis direction are measurement directions. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the three-dimensional read head provided in the three-dimensional encoder 75a is labeled as the three-dimensional read head 75a by using the same reference numerals as those of the encoder. As the two-dimensional read heads 75b and 75c and the three-dimensional read head 75a described above, the same configuration as the two-dimensional read heads 73b and 73c and the three-dimensional read head 73a described above can be used.

三維讀頭75a及二維讀頭75b及75c,係以雖與前述之三維讀頭73a及二維讀頭73b、73c為左右對稱但相同之位置關係配置於臂構件712之內部。三維讀頭75a之檢測中心在俯視時為與位於對準位置正下方之、亦即對準檢測系ALG之檢測中心一致。 The three-dimensional read head 75a and the two-dimensional read heads 75b and 75c are disposed inside the arm member 712 in the same positional relationship as the above-described three-dimensional read head 73a and two-dimensional read heads 73b and 73c. The detection center of the three-dimensional read head 75a coincides with the detection center located directly below the alignment position, that is, the alignment detection system ALG.

第2背側編碼器系統70B之編碼器75a,75b,75c之輸出供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖6、圖7)。 The outputs of the encoders 75a, 75b, 75c of the second back side encoder system 70B are supplied to the main control unit 20 (see Figs. 6 and 7).

當晶圓載台WST位於測量站300時,例如後述之晶圓對準時等,主控制裝置20,係根據第2背側編碼器系統70B之讀頭75a~75d之測量值,進行與前述同樣之晶圓台WTB2之六自由度方向之位置測量。此情形之位置測量,只要將前述曝光位置置換為對準位置,則前述之說明可 直接套用。 When the wafer stage WST is located in the measurement station 300, for example, when wafer alignment is described later, the main control unit 20 performs the same measurement as described above based on the measured values of the read heads 75a to 75d of the second back side encoder system 70B. Position measurement of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB2. For the position measurement in this case, as long as the aforementioned exposure position is replaced with the alignment position, the foregoing description may be Apply directly.

此外,本實施形態中,三維讀頭75a之檢測點位於緊挨對準位置下方,在該檢測點測量微動載台WFS之X軸、Y軸、Z軸方向之位置。 Further, in the present embodiment, the detection point of the three-dimensional read head 75a is located immediately below the alignment position, and the position of the micro-motion stage WFS in the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions is measured at the detection point.

又,第2背側編碼器系統70B之X軸、Y軸、Z軸方向之實質之光柵RG上之檢測點由於分別一致於對準檢測系ALG之檢測中心(對準位置),因此能抑制所謂阿貝誤差之產生至實質上能忽視之程度。因此,主控制裝置20,能藉由使用第2背側編碼器系統70B,在無阿貝誤差之情形下高精度地測量微動載台WFS之X軸方向、Y軸方向及Z軸方向之位置。 Further, since the detection points on the substantially raster RG of the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions of the second back side encoder system 70B are respectively coincident with the detection centers (alignment positions) of the alignment detecting system ALG, it is possible to suppress The so-called Abbe error is produced to a level that can be neglected in substance. Therefore, the main control device 20 can accurately measure the position of the micro-motion stage WFS in the X-axis direction, the Y-axis direction, and the Z-axis direction without using the Abbe error by using the second back side encoder system 70B. .

其次,說明構成第1微動載台位置測量系統110B一部分之第2頂側編碼器系統80B之構成等。第2頂側編碼器系統80B能與第2背側編碼器系統70B並行地測量晶圓台WTB2(微動載台WFS)之六自由度方向之位置資訊。 Next, the configuration of the second top side encoder system 80B constituting a part of the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110B will be described. The second top encoder system 80B can measure the position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB2 (micro-motion stage WFS) in parallel with the second back side encoder system 70B.

曝光裝置100中,例如如圖2所示,於讀頭部62C、62A各自之-Y側且與對準檢測系ALG大致相同之Y位置,分別配置有讀頭部62E、62F。讀頭部62E、62F如後述分別包含複數個讀頭,此等讀頭介由支承構件以懸吊狀態固定於主支架BD。 In the exposure apparatus 100, for example, as shown in FIG. 2, the read heads 62E and 62F are respectively disposed at the Y position on the -Y side of the read heads 62C and 62A and substantially the same as the alignment detection system ALG. Each of the read heads 62E and 62F includes a plurality of read heads as will be described later, and the read heads are fixed to the main holder BD in a suspended state via a support member.

讀頭部62F、62E如圖5所示,具備各五個之四軸讀頭681~685,671~675。於四軸讀頭681~685之殼體內部,與前述之四軸讀頭651~655等同樣地收容有XZ讀頭68X1~68X5與YZ讀頭68Y1~68Y5。同樣地,於四軸讀頭671~675之殼體內部,收容有XZ讀頭67X1~67X5與YZ讀頭67Y1~67Y5。XZ讀頭68X1~68X5及67X1~67X5、以及YZ讀頭68Y1~68Y5及67Y1~67Y5之各個,能使用例如與美國發明專利第7,561,280 號說明書所揭示之位移測量感測器讀頭相同構成之編碼器讀頭。 As shown in FIG. 5, the read heads 62F and 62E are provided with five four-axis read heads 681 to 685, 671 to 675. The XZ read heads 68X1 to 68X5 and the YZ read heads 68Y1 to 68Y5 are accommodated in the casing of the four-axis read heads 681 to 685 in the same manner as the above-described four-axis read heads 651 to 655 and the like. Similarly, inside the casing of the four-axis read heads 671 to 675, XZ read heads 67X1 to 67X5 and YZ read heads 67Y1 to 67Y5 are housed. Each of the XZ read heads 68X1~68X5 and 67X1~67X5, and the YZ read heads 68Y1~68Y5 and 67Y1~67Y5 can be used, for example, with the US invention patent No. 7,561,280. The displacement measuring sensor disclosed in the specification is the same as the encoder reading head.

XZ讀頭67X1~67X5,68X1~68X5(更正確而言,係XZ讀頭67X1~67X5,68X1~68X5所發出之測量光束之標尺391,392上之照射點),係沿前述之基準軸LA配置於與XZ讀頭64X1~64X5,65X1~65X5之各個大致相同之X位置。 XZ read head 67X1~67X5, 68X1~68X5 (more correctly, XZ read head 67X1~67X5, 68X1~68X5 emits the measuring spot on the measuring beam 391,392), which is arranged along the aforementioned reference axis LA The X position is approximately the same as each of the XZ read heads 64X1~64X5 and 65X1~65X5.

YZ讀頭67Y1~67Y5,68Y1~68Y5(更正確而言,係YZ讀頭67Y1~67Y5,68Y1~68Y5所發出之測量光束之標尺391,392上之照射點),係於與基準軸LA平行且從基準軸LA往-Y側分離既定距離之直線LA1上配置於與對應之XZ讀頭67X1~67X5,68X1~68X5相同之X位置。以下,視必要情形將XZ讀頭68X1~68X5,67X1~67X5及YZ讀頭68Y1~68Y5,67Y1~67Y5亦分別標記為XZ讀頭68X,67X及YZ讀頭68Y,67Y。 YZ read head 67Y1~67Y5, 68Y1~68Y5 (more correctly, the YZ read head 67Y1~67Y5, the illumination point on the scale 391,392 of the measuring beam emitted by 68Y1~68Y5) is parallel to the reference axis LA and from The straight line LA1 in which the reference axis LA is separated from the -Y side by a predetermined distance is disposed at the same X position as the corresponding XZ read heads 67X1 to 67X5, 68X1 to 68X5. Hereinafter, the XZ read heads 68X1 to 68X5, 67X1 to 67X5, and the YZ read heads 68Y1 to 68Y5, 67Y1 to 67Y5 are also referred to as XZ read heads 68X, 67X and YZ read heads 68Y, 67Y, respectively, as necessary.

讀頭部62F、62E構成分別使用標尺391,392測量晶圓台WTB2在X位置及Z位置之多眼(此處為五眼)之XZ線性編碼器、及測量Y位置及Z位置之多眼(此處為五眼)之YZ線性編碼器。以下為了說明方便,將此等編碼器使用與XZ讀頭68X,67X及YZ讀頭68Y,67Y分別相同之符號而亦標記為XZ線性編碼器68X,67X及YZ線性編碼器68Y,67Y(參照圖7)。 The read heads 62F, 62E constitute an XZ linear encoder that measures the multi-eye (here, five eyes) of the wafer table WTB2 at the X position and the Z position using the scales 391, 392, and the multi-eyes measuring the Y position and the Z position. YZ linear encoder with five eyes). For convenience of explanation, the encoders are denoted by the same symbols as the XZ read heads 68X, 67X and the YZ read heads 68Y, 67Y, respectively, and are also labeled as XZ linear encoders 68X, 67X and YZ linear encoders 68Y, 67Y (refer to Figure 7).

本實施形態中,藉由XZ線性編碼器68X與YZ線性編碼器68Y構成測量晶圓台WTB2在X軸、Y軸、Z軸及θx之各方向之位置資訊之多眼(此處為五眼)之四軸編碼器68(參照圖7)。同樣地,藉由XZ線性編碼器67X與YZ線性編碼器67Y構成測量晶圓台WTB2在X軸、Y軸、Z軸及θx之各方向之位置資訊之多眼(此處為五眼)之四軸編碼器67(參照圖 7)。 In this embodiment, the XZ linear encoder 68X and the YZ linear encoder 68Y constitute a multi-eye (here, five eyes) for measuring the position information of the wafer table WTB2 in each of the X-axis, the Y-axis, the Z-axis, and the θx direction. The four-axis encoder 68 (see Fig. 7). Similarly, the XZ linear encoder 67X and the YZ linear encoder 67Y constitute a multi-eye (here, five eyes) for measuring the position information of the wafer table WTB2 in each of the X-axis, the Y-axis, the Z-axis, and the θx. Four-axis encoder 67 (refer to the figure 7).

此處,因與前述相同之理由,在對準測量時等,分別五個之XZ讀頭68X,67X,YZ讀頭68Y,67Y中至少各一個讀頭會隨時對向於對應之標尺391,392(對其照射測量光束)。是以,藉由四軸編碼器68與四軸編碼器67,構成在晶圓載台WST2位於測量站300時測量粗動載台WCS所支承之晶圓台WTB2(微動載台WFS)之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第2頂側編碼器系統80B。 Here, for the same reason as described above, at least one of the five XZ read heads 68X, 67X, YZ read heads 68Y, 67Y, respectively, will be aligned to the corresponding scale 391, 392 at the time of alignment measurement. Irradiate the measuring beam). Therefore, the four-axis encoder 68 and the four-axis encoder 67 are configured to measure the six free positions of the wafer table WTB2 (micro-motion stage WFS) supported by the coarse movement stage WCS when the wafer stage WST2 is located at the measurement station 300. The second top side encoder system 80B of the position information in the direction of the direction.

構成第2頂側編碼器系統801B之各編碼器之測量值被供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖6、圖7等)。 The measured values of the encoders constituting the second top side encoder system 801B are supplied to the main control device 20 (see FIGS. 6 and 7 and the like).

由至此為止之說明可知,本實施形態中,在晶圓載台WST2位於測量站300時,粗動載台WCS所支承之晶圓台WTB2(微動載台WFS)之六自由度方向之位置資訊,能藉由第2背側編碼器系統70B與第2頂側編碼器系統80B並行地測量。 As described above, in the present embodiment, when the wafer stage WST2 is positioned at the measurement station 300, the position information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB2 (micro-motion stage WFS) supported by the coarse movement stage WCS is The second back side encoder system 70B can be measured in parallel with the second top side encoder system 80B.

在晶圓載台WST1位於測量站300時,藉由分別對晶圓台WTB1背面之光柵RG照射測量光束之三維讀頭75a、XZ讀頭75b及YZ讀頭75c測量晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第2背側編碼器系統70B係與前述相同地構成。又,此情形下,藉由分別對晶圓台WTB1上面之一對標尺391,392照射測量光束之讀頭部62F,62E所具有之各五個四軸讀頭分別構成之五眼四軸編碼器68與四軸編碼器67來測量粗動載台WCS所支承之晶圓台WTB1(微動載台WFS)之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第2頂側編碼器系統80B係與前述相同地構成。 When the wafer stage WST1 is located at the measurement station 300, the six degrees of freedom of the wafer table WTB1 are measured by respectively irradiating the three-dimensional read head 75a, the XZ read head 75b and the YZ read head 75c of the measurement beam to the grating RG on the back side of the wafer table WTB1. The second back side encoder system 70B of the positional information of the direction is configured in the same manner as described above. Further, in this case, the five-eye four-axis encoder 68 is formed by respectively illuminating the scales 391, 392 on the upper surface of the wafer table WTB1 with the five-axis read heads of the read heads 62F, 62E of the measuring beam. The second top encoder system 80B that measures the position information in the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 (micro-motion stage WFS) supported by the coarse movement stage WCS is configured in the same manner as described above.

亦即,本實施形態中,不論晶圓載台WST1、WST2之任一 者是否位於測量站300,均藉由對向於微動載台WFS(被位於測量站300之粗動載台WCS所支承)所具備之光柵RG之臂構件712所內藏之讀頭75a~75c構成測量微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第2背側編碼器系統70B,藉由分別對向於微動載台WFS(被位於測量站300之粗動載台WCS所支承)所具備之一對標尺391,392之讀頭部62A,62C構成測量微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置資訊之第2頂側編碼器系統80B。 That is, in the present embodiment, regardless of any of the wafer stages WST1, WST2 Whether or not it is located at the measuring station 300, the read heads 75a to 75c built in the arm member 712 of the grating RG provided to the fine movement stage WFS (supported by the coarse movement stage WCS of the measurement station 300) The second back side encoder system 70B constituting the position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the fine movement stage WFS is respectively opposed to the fine movement stage WFS (supported by the coarse movement stage WCS of the measurement station 300) The read heads 62A, 62C having one pair of scales 391, 392 constitute a second top side encoder system 80B that measures position information in the six degrees of freedom direction of the fine movement stage WFS.

然而,第2頂側編碼器系統80B與第2背側編碼器系統70B各有與前述之第1頂側編碼器系統80A與第1背側編碼器系統70A相同之優點、缺點。 However, each of the second top encoder system 80B and the second back encoder system 70B has the same advantages and disadvantages as those of the first top encoder system 80A and the first back encoder system 70A described above.

因此,本實施形態中,包含後述之對準時等在內,在晶圓載台WST1或WST2位於測量站300時,藉由第2背側編碼器系統70B與第2頂側編碼器系統80B並行地進行微動載台WFS(晶圓台WTB1或WTB2)之位置資訊之測量,而根據可靠性較高者之位置資訊進行晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之位置控制。以下,例如在X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向係根據以第2背側編碼器系統70B測量之位置資訊,在θx、θy、θz方向係根據以第2頂側編碼器系統80B測量之位置資訊來進行晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之位置控制。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 is located at the measurement station 300, including the alignment time to be described later, the second back side encoder system 70B and the second top side encoder system 80B are in parallel. The position information of the fine movement stage WFS (wafer table WTB1 or WTB2) is measured, and the position control of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 is performed based on the position information of the higher reliability. Hereinafter, for example, in the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions, the position measured by the second back side encoder system 70B is based on the position information measured by the second top side encoder system 70B in the θx, θy, and θz directions. Information for position control of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2.

此外,關於第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之第2背側編碼器系統70B、第2頂側編碼器系統80B,除了至此為止所說明之內容以外,能直接適用先前之第1背側編碼器系統70A、第1頂側編碼器系統80A之說明。 Further, the second back side encoder system 70B and the second top side encoder system 80B of the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B can directly apply the previous first back side coding except for the contents described so far. Description of the first system encoder system 80A and the first top encoder system 80A.

本實施形態中,亦設有第3頂側編碼器系統80C(參照圖6),其測量測量台MTB(測量載台MST)從圖2所示之待機位置移動至後述之並 列位置時、或與其相反地從並列位置返回至待機位置時之測量台MTB之六自由度方向之位置資訊。如圖2所示,第3頂側編碼器系統80C,包含在能對向於位於待機位置之測量載台MST之測量台MTB所設之二維光柵69(參照圖4(B))之位置於X軸方向相鄰配置之一對四軸讀頭661、662、於該一對四軸讀頭661、662之-Y方向相隔既定距離配置之一對四軸讀頭663、664、以及於該一對四軸讀頭663、664與前述之讀頭部62C之兩個四軸讀頭644、645之中間位置於X軸方向相鄰配置之一對四軸讀頭665、666。 In the present embodiment, a third top encoder system 80C (see FIG. 6) is also provided, and the measurement measuring station MTB (measuring stage MST) is moved from the standby position shown in FIG. 2 to the later description. The position information of the six degrees of freedom direction of the measuring station MTB when returning from the parallel position to the standby position at the column position or vice versa. As shown in Fig. 2, the third top side encoder system 80C includes a position of a two-dimensional grating 69 (see Fig. 4(B)) which is provided to the measuring table MTB of the measuring stage MST located at the standby position. One of the four-axis read heads 661, 662 disposed adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction, and one of the pair of four-axis read heads 661, 662 are disposed at a predetermined distance from the four-axis read heads 663, 664, and The pair of four-axis read heads 663, and 664 and the two four-axis read heads 644, 645 of the read head 62C are disposed adjacent to one of the four-axis read heads 665, 666 in the X-axis direction.

一對四軸讀頭661、662、一對四軸讀頭663、664、一對四軸讀頭665、666,分別介由支承構件以懸吊狀態固定於主支架BD。 A pair of four-axis read heads 661, 662, a pair of four-axis read heads 663, and 664, and a pair of four-axis read heads 665 and 666 are respectively fixed to the main holder BD in a suspended state via a support member.

四軸讀頭661、662、663、664、665、666之各個,與前述之四軸讀頭65、65、66、68同樣地,包含沿Y軸方向配置有各自之檢測點之各一個XZ讀頭與YZ讀頭。一對四軸讀頭661、662、一對四軸讀頭663、664、以及一對四軸讀頭665、666,分別構成使用設於測量台MTB之二維光柵69測量測量台MTB之六自由度方向之位置資訊之一對四軸編碼器。藉由此等三對之四軸編碼器構成第3頂側編碼器系統80C。構成第3頂側編碼器系統80C之各編碼器之測量值供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖6等)。 Each of the four-axis read heads 661, 662, 663, 664, 665, and 666 includes, in the same manner as the four-axis read heads 65, 65, 66, and 68 described above, each of the XZs in which the respective detection points are arranged along the Y-axis direction. Read head and YZ read head. A pair of four-axis read heads 661, 662, a pair of four-axis read heads 663, 664, and a pair of four-axis read heads 665, 666 respectively constitute six measuring stations MTB using a two-dimensional grating 69 provided on the measuring station MTB. One of the position information of the direction of freedom is a four-axis encoder. The third top side encoder system 80C is constituted by the three-pair four-axis encoder thus obtained. The measured values of the encoders constituting the third top side encoder system 80C are supplied to the main control unit 20 (refer to FIG. 6 and the like).

藉由第3頂側編碼器系統80C、以及前述之以對測量台MTB背面之光柵Rga照射測量光束之測量臂71A所具有之前述讀頭73a~73c構成之複數個編碼器系統構成測量台位置測量系統16(參照圖6)。此外,測量台位置測量系統16亦可不一定要有前述之讀頭73a~73c,例如亦可僅有第3頂側編碼器系統80C。此情形下,亦可藉由變更圖2所示之讀頭之配置(位置)或追加至少一個讀頭,而在前述之並列動作中亦能藉由第3頂側編碼器 系統80C測量測量載台MST之位置資訊。 The plurality of encoder systems constituted by the third top encoder system 80C and the aforementioned read heads 73a to 73c of the measuring arm 71A that irradiates the measuring beam 71A on the grating Rga on the back side of the measuring table MTB constitute a measuring table position. Measurement system 16 (see Figure 6). In addition, the measuring station position measuring system 16 may not necessarily have the aforementioned reading heads 73a to 73c, and for example, only the third top side encoder system 80C may be provided. In this case, the third top side encoder can also be used in the parallel operation by changing the configuration (position) of the read head shown in FIG. 2 or by adding at least one read head. System 80C measures the position information of the measurement stage MST.

本實施形態中,進一步設有用以在晶圓載台WST1或WST2在測量站300與曝光站200間移動時測量該移動中之晶圓載台WST1或WST2之XY平面內之位置之測量系統80D(參照圖6)。此測量系統80D,具有於底盤12內部之基準軸LH與基準軸LA間之區域內以既定間隔配置之複數個霍爾元件(Hall element)。測量系統80D係在晶圓載台WST1或WST2在XY平面內移動後,利用設於各粗動載台WCS底面之磁石產生之磁場變化來測量晶圓載台WST1或WST2之XY平面內之大致之位置者。此測量系統80D之測量資訊被供應至主控制裝置20(參照圖6)。此外,在第1、第2微動載台位置測量系統110A、110B無法測量晶圓載台WST1或WST2之位置資訊之範圍內、亦即前述測量範圍外,測量晶圓載台WST1或WST2之位置資訊之測量裝置不限於測量系統80D,例如亦可使用干涉儀系統、或檢測方式及/或構成與前述之第1、第2頂側編碼器系統相同或不同之編碼器系統等其他測量裝置。 In the present embodiment, a measurement system 80D for measuring the position in the XY plane of the moving wafer stage WST1 or WST2 when the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 moves between the measurement station 300 and the exposure station 200 is further provided (refer to Figure 6). The measuring system 80D has a plurality of Hall elements arranged at predetermined intervals in a region between the reference axis LH inside the chassis 12 and the reference axis LA. The measurement system 80D measures the approximate position in the XY plane of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 by changing the magnetic field generated by the magnets provided on the bottom surface of each coarse movement stage WCS after the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 moves in the XY plane. By. The measurement information of this measurement system 80D is supplied to the main control device 20 (refer to FIG. 6). Further, in the range where the first and second fine movement stage position measuring systems 110A and 110B cannot measure the position information of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2, that is, outside the aforementioned measurement range, the position information of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 is measured. The measuring device is not limited to the measuring system 80D. For example, an interferometer system, a detecting method, and/or another measuring device constituting the same or different encoder system as the first and second top side encoder systems described above may be used.

曝光裝置100中,除此之外還設有曝光座標組用測量系統34,其配置於曝光站200近旁之位置,係用以在晶圓載台WST1或WST2從測量站300往曝光站200側移動,如後述般晶圓台WTB1或WTB2接近或接觸於測量台MTB之時點,為了第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之原點回歸而測量晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之絕對座標。如後述,使用已進行原點回歸(重設)之第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之測量值,進行第1微動載台位置測量系統110A之第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A之原點回歸。 The exposure apparatus 100 is further provided with an exposure coordinate group measurement system 34 disposed at a position in the vicinity of the exposure station 200 for moving from the measurement station 300 to the exposure station 200 side on the wafer stage WST1 or WST2. As described later, when the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 approaches or contacts the measurement table MTB, the absolute coordinates of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 are measured for the origin return of the third fine movement stage position measurement system 110C. As will be described later, the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top of the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A are performed using the measured values of the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C that has performed the origin return (reset). Origin return of side encoder system 80A.

如圖2所示,曝光座標組用測量系統34包含:一對影像感測器36a、36b,係往讀頭部62A、62C之-Y側分離既定距離(例如晶圓台WTB1之Y軸方向長度之1/3程度之距離)之位置而在基準軸LV之+X側及-X側,從基準軸LV起分離較晶圓台WTB1之X軸方向長度之1/2短些許之相同距離而配置;與該一對影像感測器36a、36b各自之+Y側相鄰配置之一對Z感測器38a、38b、以及往Z感測器38a之-Y側分離例如晶圓台WTB1之Y軸方向長度之1/2程度之距離而配置之Z感測器38c。此等影像感測器36a、36b及Z感測器38a~38c分別介由支承構件以懸吊狀態固定於主支架BD。 As shown in FIG. 2, the exposure coordinate group measurement system 34 includes a pair of image sensors 36a, 36b that are separated from the -Y side of the read heads 62A, 62C by a predetermined distance (for example, the Y-axis direction of the wafer table WTB1). The position of the distance 1/3 of the length is on the +X side and the -X side of the reference axis LV, and is separated from the reference axis LV by a distance of 1/2 of the length of the wafer table WTB1 in the X-axis direction by a little. And the configuration; one of the pair of image sensors 36a, 36b adjacent to the +Y side of the pair of Z sensors 38a, 38b, and the Y side of the Z sensor 38a are separated, for example, the wafer table WTB1 The Z sensor 38c is disposed at a distance of about 1/2 of the length in the Y-axis direction. The image sensors 36a, 36b and the Z sensors 38a to 38c are respectively fixed to the main holder BD in a suspended state via a supporting member.

一對影像感測器36a、36b當晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)位於既定位置、此處係指位於後述之開始對測量台MTB接近或接觸之狀態(並列)之位置(並列開始位置)時,拍攝分別設於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之X軸方向兩側之邊緣部之前述之標記,並以其檢測中心為基準測量該拍攝對象之標記之X,Y位置。Z感測器38a~38c,例如由與在CD驅動裝置等所使用之光學讀取相同之光學式位移感測器之讀頭構成,分別測量晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)上面之Z位置。此等影像感測器36a、36b及Z感測器38a~38c之測量值被供應至主控制裝置20。 The pair of image sensors 36a and 36b are located at a predetermined position, where the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) is located at a position (parallel start position) where the measurement table MTB approaches or contacts (the parallel start position) which will be described later. The aforementioned marks are respectively set on the edge portions of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) on both sides in the X-axis direction, and the X, Y positions of the marks of the object are measured based on the detection center. The Z sensors 38a to 38c are constituted, for example, by a read head of an optical displacement sensor similar to the optical pickup used in a CD drive device or the like, and respectively measure the Z position on the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2). The measured values of the image sensors 36a, 36b and the Z sensors 38a - 38c are supplied to the main control device 20.

是以,在主控制裝置20,係以曝光座標組用測量系統34與第3微動載台位置測量系統110C同時測量晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之六自由度方向之位置,使用影像感測器36a、36b及Z感測器38a~38c之測量值(絕對位置),將構成第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之一對四軸讀頭656、646所構成之一對編碼器之測量值重設,藉此進行第3微動載台位置測量系統 110C之原點回歸。接著,在其後以原點回歸後之第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之測量值為基準,使測量位於曝光站200之晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之六自由度方向之位置之第1微動載台位置測量系統110A之第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A之原點回歸,藉此能進行在曝光時管理晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之位置之座標系(曝光時座標系)之回歸。 Therefore, in the main control device 20, the position of the sixth degree of freedom of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 is simultaneously measured by the exposure coordinate group measurement system 34 and the third fine movement stage position measurement system 110C, and the image sensor 36a is used. The measured values (absolute positions) of the 36b and Z sensors 38a~38c will constitute one of the third micro-motion stage position measuring system 110C and the four-axis read heads 656, 646 constitute one of the measured values of the encoder. Therefore, the third micro-motion stage position measuring system is performed The origin return of 110C. Then, after the measurement value of the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C after the origin return, the measurement is performed at the position of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) of the exposure station 200. The origin return of the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 70A of the fine movement stage position measuring system 110A, whereby the position of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) can be managed during exposure. The return of the coordinate system (the coordinate system at the time of exposure).

曝光裝置100,進一步設有測量座標組用測量系統35(參照圖6),其配置於測量站300近旁之位置,係為了進行第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器系統80B之原點回歸,而在晶圓載台WST2或WST1移動至後述之卸載位置時測量晶圓台WTB2或WTB1之絕對座標。 The exposure apparatus 100 is further provided with a measurement coordinate group measurement system 35 (refer to FIG. 6) disposed at a position near the measurement station 300 for performing the second back side encoder system of the second fine movement stage position measurement system 110B. The origin return of the 70B and the second top encoder system 80B is performed, and the absolute coordinates of the wafer table WTB2 or WTB1 are measured when the wafer stage WST2 or WST1 is moved to the unloading position described later.

如圖2所示,測量座標組用測量系統35包含:一對影像感測器36c、36d,係往讀頭部62F、62E之-Y側分隔既定距離且從基準軸LV起分離較晶圓台WTB2之X軸方向長度之1/2短些許之相同距離而配置;與該一對影像感測器36c、36d各自之+Y側相鄰且接近讀頭部62F、62E之-Y側而配置之一對Z感測器38d、38e、以及往Z感測器38d之-Y側分離例如晶圓台WTB2之Y軸方向長度之1/2程度之距離而配置之Z感測器38f。此等影像感測器36c、36d及Z感測器38f~38f分別介由支承構件以懸吊狀態固定於主支架BD。 As shown in FIG. 2, the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35 includes a pair of image sensors 36c, 36d that are separated from the -Y side of the read heads 62F, 62E by a predetermined distance and separated from the reference axis LV. 1/2 of the length of the X-axis direction of the WTB2 is arranged to be a little shorter than the same distance; adjacent to the +Y side of each of the pair of image sensors 36c, 36d and close to the -Y side of the read heads 62F, 62E One of the Z sensors 38d, 38e, and the Z sensor 38f disposed to the -Y side of the Z sensor 38d is separated by, for example, a half of the length of the wafer table WTB2 in the Y-axis direction. The image sensors 36c, 36d and the Z sensors 38f to 38f are respectively fixed to the main holder BD in a suspended state via a supporting member.

一對影像感測器36c、36d係拍攝分別設於晶圓台WTB2(或WTB1)之X軸方向兩側之邊緣部之前述標記,並以其檢測中心為基準測量該拍攝對象之標記之X,Y位置。Z感測器38d~38f,例如由與前述之Z感測器38a~38c相同之光學式位移感測器之讀頭構成,分別測量晶圓台 WTB2(或WTB1)上面之Z位置。此等影像感測器36c、36d及Z感測器38d~38f之測量值被供應至主控制裝置20。 The pair of image sensors 36c and 36d capture the aforementioned marks respectively provided on the edge portions of the wafer table WTB2 (or WTB1) on both sides in the X-axis direction, and measure the mark X of the subject with the detection center as a reference. , Y position. The Z sensors 38d to 38f are formed, for example, by reading heads of the same optical displacement sensors as the aforementioned Z sensors 38a to 38c, respectively, and measuring the wafer table Z position above WTB2 (or WTB1). The measured values of the image sensors 36c, 36d and the Z sensors 38d to 38f are supplied to the main control device 20.

是以,在主控制裝置20,在晶圓載台WST2或WST1移動至後述之卸載位置時,使用測量座標組用測量系統35與第2微動載台位置測量系統110B同時測量晶圓台WTB2或WTB1之位置,使用影像感測器36c、36d及Z感測器38d~38f之測量值(絕對位置),使第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器系統80B之原點回歸,藉此能進行在包含對準測量等之後述一連串測量時管理位於測量站300之晶圓台WTB2(或WTB1)之位置之座標系(測量時座標系)之回歸。 Therefore, when the main control unit 20 moves the wafer stage WST2 or WST1 to an unloading position to be described later, the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35 and the second fine movement stage position measurement system 110B simultaneously measure the wafer table WTB2 or WTB1. At the position, the second back side encoder system 70B and the second top of the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B are used using the measured values (absolute positions) of the image sensors 36c and 36d and the Z sensors 38d to 38f. The origin return of the side encoder system 80B, whereby it is possible to manage the coordinate system (measurement coordinate system) at the position of the wafer table WTB2 (or WTB1) of the measuring station 300 when a series of measurements including the alignment measurement and the like are described. Return.

本實施形態之曝光裝置100,如圖5所示,於基準軸LV上曝光位置與對準位置間之既定位置、例如基準軸LV上從對準檢測系ALG起既定距離、例如往+Y方向分離晶圓台WTB2之Y軸方向長度2/3左右之距離之位置設定有卸載位置UP1,在從卸載位置UP1往+X側、-X側分別相隔既定距離之位置設定有待機位置UP2、UP3。 As shown in FIG. 5, the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment has a predetermined position between the exposure position and the alignment position on the reference axis LV, for example, a predetermined distance from the alignment detection system ALG on the reference axis LV, for example, to the +Y direction. The unloading position UP1 is set at a position separated by a distance of about 2/3 in the Y-axis direction of the wafer table WTB2, and standby positions UP2 and UP3 are set at positions separated from the unloading position UP1 to the +X side and the -X side by a predetermined distance. .

於卸載位置UP1設有第1卸載滑件(未圖示),其由從上方接近藉由前述之上下動銷而在晶圓保持具上方支承之曝光完畢之晶圓W並在複數處挾持其側面而往上方持起之臂構件構成。第1卸載滑件能以對晶圓表面為非接觸之狀態保持晶圓。第1卸載滑件介由未圖示之防振構件安裝於主支架BD。 A first unloading slider (not shown) is provided at the unloading position UP1, and the exposed wafer W supported on the wafer holder by the upper and lower driving pins is approached from above and held at the plurality of sides. It is composed of an arm member that is held upward. The first unloading slider can hold the wafer in a state in which the wafer surface is not in contact. The first unloading slider is attached to the main bracket BD via an anti-vibration member (not shown).

於晶圓待機位置UP2設有第2卸載滑件(未圖示),其從下方接取保持於第1卸載滑件之晶圓W並加以保持,能上下動而通過底盤12上方之+X側端部之路徑將該晶圓搬送至與外部裝置之晶圓移交位置。同 樣地,於晶圓待機位置UP3設有第3卸載滑件(未圖示),其從下方接取保持於第1卸載滑件之晶圓W並加以保持,能上下動而通過底盤12上方之-X側端部之路徑將該晶圓搬送至與外部裝置之晶圓移交位置。第2、第3卸載滑件支承於與主支架BD在振動上分離之其他支架。此外,用以卸載晶圓之裝置不限於上述構成,只要能保持晶圓W並移動即可。又,晶圓W之卸載位置亦不限於投影光學系統PL與對準檢測系ALG之間,例如亦可如後述之變形例般,相對對準檢測系ALG在與投影光學系統PL相反側進行卸載。 A second unloading slider (not shown) is provided at the wafer standby position UP2, and the wafer W held by the first unloading slider is taken from below and held, and can be moved up and down to pass the +X above the chassis 12. The side end path transports the wafer to a wafer transfer location with an external device. with In the sample, a third unloading slider (not shown) is provided at the wafer standby position UP3, and the wafer W held by the first unloading slider is taken from below and held, and can be moved up and down through the chassis 12 The path of the -X side end transports the wafer to a wafer transfer position with an external device. The second and third unloading sliders are supported by other brackets that are separated from the main bracket BD by vibration. Further, the means for unloading the wafer is not limited to the above configuration as long as the wafer W can be held and moved. Further, the unloading position of the wafer W is not limited to be between the projection optical system PL and the alignment detecting system ALG. For example, as in the modification described later, the relative alignment detecting system ALG is unloaded on the side opposite to the projection optical system PL. .

又,本實施形態中,如圖2所示,裝載位置LP設定於測量板30上之基準標記FM定位於對準檢測系ALG之視野(檢測區域)內之位置(亦即,進行對準檢測系ALG之基線測量(Pri-BCHK)之前半處理之位置)。 Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the reference mark FM whose mounting position LP is set on the measuring board 30 is positioned at the position (detection area) of the alignment detecting system ALG (that is, alignment detection is performed). It is the baseline measurement of ALG (the position of the first half of Pri-BCHK).

圖6,係顯示以曝光裝置100之控制系為中心構成,統籌控制構成各部之主控制裝置20之輸出入關係之方塊圖。主控制裝置20包含工作站(或微電腦)等,係統籌控制曝光裝置100之構成各部。圖7係顯示圖6之第1、第2微動載台位置測量系統110A、110B之具體構成一例。 Fig. 6 is a block diagram showing the relationship between the input and output of the main control unit 20 constituting each unit, which is mainly constituted by the control system of the exposure apparatus 100. The main control device 20 includes a workstation (or a microcomputer) or the like, and the system controls the components of the exposure device 100. Fig. 7 is a view showing an example of a specific configuration of the first and second fine movement stage position measuring systems 110A and 110B of Fig. 6.

其次,根據圖9~圖20說明本實施形態之曝光裝置100中使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST的並行處理動作。此外,以下動作中,係藉由主控制裝置20,以前述方式進行局部液浸裝置8之液體供應裝置5及液體回收裝置6之控制,藉以隨時將水充滿於緊挨投影光學系統統PL之前端透鏡191下方。不過,以下為了使說明易於理解,省略與液體供應裝置5及液體回收裝置6之控制相關的說明。又,以下為了使說明易於理解,省略與液體供應裝置5及液體回收裝置6之控制相關的說明。又,圖9~圖20中,底盤12、管載體TC1、TC2等之圖示省略。又,之後 之動作說明雖會利用到多數圖式,但於各圖式中有時會對同一構件賦予符號,有時則不會賦予。亦即各圖式所記載之符號雖相異,但不論該等圖式中有無符號,均為同一構成。此點與截至目前為止之說明中所使用之各圖式亦相同。又,圖9以後係簡化顯示測量載台MST。 Next, a parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST in the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 9 to 20 . Further, in the following operation, the main control device 20 controls the liquid supply device 5 and the liquid recovery device 6 of the partial liquid immersion device 8 in the above-described manner, thereby filling the water close to the projection optical system PL at any time. Below the front lens 191. However, in the following, in order to make the description easy to understand, the description related to the control of the liquid supply device 5 and the liquid recovery device 6 will be omitted. In the following, in order to make the description easy to understand, the description related to the control of the liquid supply device 5 and the liquid recovery device 6 will be omitted. In addition, in FIGS. 9 to 20, the illustration of the chassis 12, the tube carriers TC1, TC2, and the like is omitted. Again, after Although the description of the operation will use most of the drawings, the same member may be given a symbol in each drawing, and may not be given. In other words, the symbols described in the respective drawings are different, but the same configuration is used regardless of whether or not the symbols are in the drawings. This point is also the same as the ones used in the description so far. Further, in Fig. 9, the measurement stage MST is simplified.

又,第1至第2背側編碼器系統70A、70B及第1至第3頂側編碼器系統80A~80C之各讀頭、AF系、對準檢測系等,雖係在使用該等時或在其使用的前一刻從OFF狀態設定成ON狀態,但在以後之動作說明中,此點相關之說明係省略。 Further, the read heads, the AF system, the alignment detecting system, and the like of the first to second back side encoder systems 70A and 70B and the first to third top side encoder systems 80A to 80C are used. Or, it is set to the ON state from the OFF state immediately before its use, but in the following description of the operation, the description related to this point is omitted.

圖9係顯示保持結束後述之晶圓對準測量及聚焦映射之曝光前之晶圓(設為W2)之晶圓載台WST2在既定之待機位置待機,且藉由主控制裝置20沿著該圖中黑箭頭所示之路徑一邊移動晶圓載台WST1、一邊曝光保持於晶圓台WTB1上之晶圓(設為W1)之+X側半部之區域之樣子。此晶圓W1之+X側半部之區域之曝光,係依從-Y側之照射區域往+Y側之照射區域之順序進行。在此之前,晶圓W1,係沿著圖16中針對晶圓載台WST2顯示之黑箭頭所示之路徑一邊移動、一邊使其-X側半部之區域依從+Y側之照射區域往-Y側之照射區域之順序結束曝光。藉此,在晶圓W1之所有照射區域之曝光結束之時點,晶圓載台WST1返回至與曝光開始前之位置大致相同之位置。此外,此時之晶圓載台WST2之位置係根據前述之測量系統80D之測量值被主控制裝置20管理。 FIG. 9 shows that the wafer stage WST2 of the pre-exposure wafer (set to W2) after the wafer alignment measurement and the focus map described later is held at a predetermined standby position, and the main control device 20 is along the map. The path indicated by the black arrow moves the wafer stage WST1 while exposing the area of the +X side half of the wafer (set to W1) held on the wafer table WTB1. The exposure of the region of the +X side half of the wafer W1 is performed in the order from the irradiation region on the -Y side to the irradiation region on the +Y side. Prior to this, the wafer W1 moves along the path indicated by the black arrow displayed on the wafer stage WST2 in FIG. 16 while the area of the -X side half follows the irradiation area on the +Y side toward -Y. The sequence of the illuminated areas on the side ends the exposure. Thereby, at the time when the exposure of all the irradiation areas of the wafer W1 is completed, the wafer stage WST1 returns to a position substantially the same as the position before the start of exposure. Further, the position of the wafer stage WST2 at this time is managed by the main control unit 20 in accordance with the measured value of the aforementioned measurement system 80D.

本實施形態中,雖採用上述之照射區域之曝光順序,但在為了進行曝光之晶圓載台WST1移動之路徑整體長度設為依照相同之照射圖將相同大小之晶圓曝光之情形,與例如美國發明專利申請公開第 2008/0088843號說明書等所揭示之習知液浸掃描器等並無大差別。 In the present embodiment, the exposure order of the irradiation region described above is used. However, the entire length of the path of the wafer stage WST1 for exposure is exposed to the same size of the wafer in the same irradiation pattern, and for example, the United States. Invention patent application disclosure There is no significant difference between the conventional immersion scanners and the like disclosed in the specification of 2008/0088843 and the like.

上述曝光中,將第1微動載台位置測量系統110A之測量值、亦即分別對向於標尺391,392之四軸讀頭65、64之測量值、亦即前述之以第1頂側編碼器系統80A測量之晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之位置資訊(位置之測量值)及以第1背側編碼器系統70A測量之晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之位置資訊(位置之測量值)供應至主控制裝置20,根據其中可靠性較高者之測量值,藉由主控制裝置20進行晶圓台WTB1之位置之伺服控制。又,在此曝光中之晶圓台WTB之Z軸方向之位置、θy旋轉及θx旋轉之控制(晶圓W之聚焦調平控制)係根據事前進行之前述之聚焦映射(此點留待後述)之結果進行。 In the above exposure, the measured values of the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A, that is, the measured values of the four-axis read heads 65 and 64 respectively facing the scales 391, 392, that is, the first top side encoder system described above. The position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 measured by the 80A (the measured value of the position) and the position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 measured by the first back side encoder system 70A (measurement of the position) Provided to the main control device 20, the servo control of the position of the wafer table WTB1 is performed by the main control device 20 based on the measured value of the higher reliability. Further, the position of the wafer table WTB in the Z-axis direction, the control of the θy rotation, and the control of the θx rotation (the focus leveling control of the wafer W) are based on the aforementioned focus mapping performed beforehand (this point will be described later) The result is carried out.

在上述之步進掃描方式之曝光動作中,在晶圓載台WST1往X軸方向移動後,伴隨該移動進行第1頂側編碼器系統80A之讀頭之切換(複數個讀頭間之測量值之接續)。如此,主控制裝置20依照晶圓載台WST1之位置座標,適當切換所使用之第1頂側編碼器系統80A之編碼器,來執行進行晶圓載台WST1之驅動。 In the exposure operation of the step-and-scan method described above, after the wafer stage WST1 moves in the X-axis direction, the read head of the first top-side encoder system 80A is switched in accordance with the movement (measurement between the plurality of heads) Continued). In this manner, the main controller 20 appropriately switches the encoder of the first top encoder system 80A to be used in accordance with the position coordinates of the wafer stage WST1, and performs driving of the wafer stage WST1.

與上述之晶圓之+X側半部之照射區域之曝光並行地,在其曝光前被從待機位置UP3搬送至移交位置之曝光完畢之晶圓(設為W0)藉由未圖示之搬送機械臂移交至晶圓搬送系(未圖示)以往裝置外搬出。 In parallel with the exposure of the irradiation region of the +X side half of the wafer described above, the exposed wafer (set to W0) transferred from the standby position UP3 to the transfer position before the exposure is transported by a not shown The robot arm is handed over to the wafer transfer system (not shown) and carried out outside the conventional device.

主控制裝置20,與上述之晶圓W1之+X側半部之照射區域之曝光並行地,根據第3頂側編碼器系統80C之測量值,將測量載台MST在XY平面內從圖9中以假想線所示之待機位置往以實線所示之並列位置驅動。藉此,主控制裝置20,切換第3頂側編碼器系統80C之四軸讀頭來進 行測量載台MST之驅動。藉此,使曝光中彼此分離之晶圓載台WST1與測量載台MST移行至晶圓台WTB1與測量台MTB接觸或接近之狀態(亦稱為並列狀態)。在此往接觸或接近之狀態之移行時,測量載台MST從橫側(側方)卡合於測量臂71A。為了能從此測量載台MST橫側對測量臂71A卡合,測量載台MST之測量台MTB在滑件部60上介由支承部62被懸臂支承。 The main control device 20, in parallel with the exposure of the illumination region of the +X side half of the wafer W1 described above, according to the measured value of the third top side encoder system 80C, the measurement stage MST is in the XY plane from FIG. The standby position shown by the imaginary line is driven to the side by side shown by the solid line. Thereby, the main control device 20 switches the four-axis read head of the third top side encoder system 80C to The line measures the drive of the stage MST. Thereby, the wafer stage WST1 and the measurement stage MST separated from each other during the exposure are moved to a state in which the wafer table WTB1 and the measurement stage MTB are in contact with each other (also referred to as a parallel state). At the time of the contact or approaching state, the measuring stage MST is engaged with the measuring arm 71A from the lateral side (side). In order to be able to engage the measuring arm 71A from the lateral side of the measuring stage MST, the measuring table MTB of the measuring stage MST is cantilevered on the slider 60 via the support portion 62.

接著,主控制裝置20,保持上述之晶圓台WTB1與測量台MTB之接觸或接近之狀態,如圖10中以兩個白箭頭所示使測量載台MST往-Y方向移動,並使晶圓載台WST1除了-Y方向以外亦往-X方向移動。藉此,形成於投影單元PU下之液浸區域14(液體Lq)從晶圓台WTB1上移動(被移交)至測量台MTB,藉由投影光學系統PL與測量台MTB保持液浸區域14(液體Lq)。又,此時之所以亦使晶圓載台WST1往-X方向亦移動,係為了能在曝光結束後在更短時間開始次一動作、亦即晶圓載台WST1與晶圓載台WST2之交換動作。 Next, the main control device 20 maintains the state in which the wafer table WTB1 is in contact with or close to the measurement table MTB, and moves the measurement stage MST in the -Y direction as shown by two white arrows in FIG. The round stage WST1 moves in the -X direction in addition to the -Y direction. Thereby, the liquid immersion area 14 (liquid Lq) formed under the projection unit PU is moved (transferred) from the wafer table WTB1 to the measurement stage MTB, and the liquid immersion area 14 is maintained by the projection optical system PL and the measurement stage MTB ( Liquid Lq). Further, at this time, the wafer stage WST1 is also moved in the -X direction in order to start the next operation, that is, the exchange operation between the wafer stage WST1 and the wafer stage WST2, in a shorter time after the exposure is completed.

在上述之液浸區域14(液體Lq)從晶圓台WTB1上往測量台MTB之移交結束之階段,主控制裝置20能根據使用設於測量台MTB背面之光柵RGa之第1背側編碼器系統70A之測量值介由測量台驅動系統52B(參照圖6)控制測量台MTB之位置。因此,主控制裝置20能一邊控制測量台MTB之六自由度方向之位置、一邊進行所需之曝光相關聯之測量動作。 At the stage where the above-described liquid immersion area 14 (liquid Lq) is transferred from the wafer table WTB1 to the measurement stage MTB, the main control device 20 can be based on the first back side encoder using the grating RGa provided on the back side of the measurement table MTB. The measured value of system 70A controls the position of measurement station MTB via measurement stage drive system 52B (see Figure 6). Therefore, the main control device 20 can perform the measurement operation associated with the desired exposure while controlling the position of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the measurement table MTB.

在移行至上述之接觸或接近之狀態後,液浸區域14(液體Lq)從晶圓台WTB1上往測量台MTB上移動結束前一刻,晶圓載台WST1從第1微動載台位置測量系統110A之測量範圍脫離,而無法藉由第1頂側編碼器系統80A及第1背側編碼器系統70A測量晶圓台WTB1位置。在其前一 刻,主控制裝置20將用於晶圓載台WST1(晶圓台WTB1)之位置控制之位置測量系統從第1微動載台位置測量系統110A切換為前述之測量系統80D。 Immediately after the liquid immersion area 14 (liquid Lq) moves from the wafer table WTB1 to the measurement table MTB after the transition to the above-mentioned contact or proximity state, the wafer stage WST1 is moved from the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A. The measurement range is deviated, and the wafer table WTB1 position cannot be measured by the first top side encoder system 80A and the first back side encoder system 70A. In front of it The main control device 20 switches the position measuring system for position control of the wafer stage WST1 (wafer table WTB1) from the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A to the aforementioned measuring system 80D.

其後,主控制裝置20如圖11中白箭頭所示,在此時點亦將晶圓載台WST1往-X方向驅動至與待機於前述之待機位置之晶圓載台WST2不對向之位置(參照圖12)。 Thereafter, the main control device 20 drives the wafer stage WST1 in the -X direction to a position that is not opposite to the wafer stage WST2 that is waiting at the standby position described above, as indicated by a white arrow in FIG. 11 (refer to the figure). 12).

其次,主控制裝置20如圖12中分別以白箭頭所示,與將晶圓載台WST1往-Y方向驅動並行地將晶圓載台WST2往+Y方向驅動。藉此,解除前述之接觸或接近之狀態後,晶圓載台WST1移動至前述之待機位置UP3下方。與此並行地,晶圓載台WST2係移動至晶圓台WTB2之+Y側之面之-X側端部在Y軸方向對與投影光學系統PL一起保持液浸區域14(液體Lq)保持之測量台MTB之-Y側之面之+X側端部接觸或接近之位置(參照圖13)。 Next, the main control device 20 drives the wafer stage WST2 in the +Y direction in parallel with the wafer stage WST1 in the -Y direction as indicated by a white arrow in FIG. Thereby, after the above-mentioned contact or approach state is released, the wafer stage WST1 moves to below the standby position UP3. In parallel with this, the wafer stage WST2 moves to the -X side end of the +Y side of the wafer table WTB2, and maintains the liquid immersion area 14 (liquid Lq) together with the projection optical system PL in the Y-axis direction. The +X side end of the surface on the -Y side of the measuring table MTB is in contact with or close to the position (see Fig. 13).

其次,主控制裝置20如圖13中分別以白箭頭所示,與將晶圓載台WST1往+X方向驅動並行地將晶圓載台WST2往-X方向驅動。藉此,晶圓載台WST2移動至曝光座標組用測量系統34之影像感測器36a、36b及Z感測器38a~38c同時對向於晶圓台WTB2之位置,且晶圓載台WST1從待機位置UP3下方移動至卸載位置UP1(參照圖14)。 Next, the main control device 20 drives the wafer stage WST2 in the -X direction in parallel with the wafer stage WST1 being driven in the +X direction as indicated by a white arrow in FIG. Thereby, the wafer stage WST2 moves to the position where the image sensors 36a and 36b and the Z sensors 38a to 38c of the exposure coordinate group measurement system 34 simultaneously face the wafer table WTB2, and the wafer stage WST1 stands by. Move below the position UP3 to the unloading position UP1 (refer to Fig. 14).

在晶圓載台WST2移動至圖14所示之位置後,主控制裝置20將用於晶圓台WTB2(晶圓載台WST2)之位置控制之位置測量系統從前述之測量系統80D暫時切換至第3微動載台位置測量系統110C。亦即,主控制裝置20係以曝光座標組用測量系統34與第3微動載台位置測量系統110C同時測量晶圓台WTB2之六自由度方向之位置,並使用曝光座標組用測量 系統34(影像感測器36a、36b及Z感測器38a~38c)之測量值(絕對位置),將構成第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之一對四軸讀頭656、646所構成之一對編碼器之測量值重設,藉此進行第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之原點回歸。其後,晶圓台WTB2之位置控制,係根據第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之測量值進行。又,在晶圓載台WST2移動至圖14所示之位置之狀態下,晶圓台WTB2為了進行液浸區域之移交而成為在Y軸方向對測量台MTB接觸或接近之狀態(並列狀態)。亦即,本實施形態中,係被設定為在晶圓台WTB2對測量台MTB之並列開始位置,進行第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之原點回歸(測量值之重設),以能在此並列開始位置進行第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之原點回歸之方式於晶圓台WTB2上之既定位置設有前述之標記。 After the wafer stage WST2 is moved to the position shown in FIG. 14, the main control unit 20 temporarily switches the position measurement system for the position control of the wafer table WTB2 (wafer stage WST2) from the aforementioned measurement system 80D to the third. Micro-motion stage position measuring system 110C. That is, the main control unit 20 simultaneously measures the position of the six-degree-of-freedom of the wafer table WTB2 by the exposure coordinate group measurement system 34 and the third fine movement stage position measurement system 110C, and uses the exposure coordinate group for measurement. The measured values (absolute positions) of system 34 (image sensors 36a, 36b and Z sensors 38a-38c) will constitute one of the third micro-motion stage position measuring system 110C for four-axis heads 656, 646. One of the measurements of the encoder is reset, whereby the origin return of the third fine motion stage position measuring system 110C is performed. Thereafter, the position control of the wafer table WTB2 is performed based on the measured value of the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C. Further, in a state where the wafer stage WST2 is moved to the position shown in FIG. 14, the wafer table WTB2 is in a state of being brought into contact with or close to the measurement table MTB in the Y-axis direction in order to perform the transfer of the liquid immersion area (parallel state). In other words, in the present embodiment, the origin return (measurement value reset) of the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C is performed at the position where the wafer table WTB2 is aligned with the measurement table MTB. The method of performing the origin return of the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C at the parallel starting position is provided with the aforementioned mark at a predetermined position on the wafer table WTB2.

本實施形態中,主控制裝置20在開始前述之投影光學系統PL與測量台MTB對液浸區域14(液體Lq)之保持後,在至晶圓台WTB2對測量台MTB之並列開始為止之期間之一部分期間,亦可視必要情形,使用測量台MTB所具有之測量用構件、亦即前述之照度不均感測器95、空間像測量器96、波面像差測量器97及照度監測器98之至少一個,進行介由投影光學系統PL及液體Lq並介由各測量器之受光面接收照明光IL之與曝光相關聯之測量、亦即照度不均測量、空間像測量、波面像差測量及劑量測量之至少一個。 In the present embodiment, after the main control device 20 starts the holding of the liquid immersion area 14 (liquid Lq) by the above-described projection optical system PL and the measurement stage MTB, the main control unit 20 is in the period from the start of the wafer table WTB2 to the parallel of the measurement table MTB. In a part of the period, the measuring member of the measuring station MTB, that is, the aforementioned illuminance unevenness sensor 95, the space image measuring device 96, the wavefront aberration measuring device 97, and the illuminance monitor 98 may be used as necessary. At least one of performing exposure-related measurement, that is, illuminance unevenness measurement, spatial image measurement, wavefront aberration measurement, and the illumination light IL received by the projection optical system PL and the liquid Lq through the light-receiving surface of each measuring device At least one of the dose measurements.

另一方面,在晶圓載台WST1到達卸載位置UP1後,主控制裝置20解除晶圓保持具對曝光完畢之晶圓W之吸付,將未圖示之上下動銷上升驅動既定量而持起晶圓W1。此時之上下動銷之位置維持至晶圓載台 WST1到達裝載位置LP、開始次一晶圓之裝載為止。 On the other hand, after the wafer stage WST1 reaches the unloading position UP1, the main control unit 20 releases the wafer holder to absorb the exposed wafer W, and drives the upper and lower moving pins (not shown) to drive the wafer. Round W1. At this point, the position of the upper and lower pins is maintained to the wafer stage. WST1 arrives at the loading position LP and starts loading of the next wafer.

接著,主控制裝置20藉由第1卸載滑件將該晶圓W1如前述般從上方保持並往上持起,從晶圓載台WST1上卸載。晶圓W1,在其後於卸載位置UP1上方之位置被維持至晶圓載台WST1接近裝載位置LP為止。 Next, the main control device 20 holds the wafer W1 from above by the first unloading slider as described above, and lifts it up from the wafer stage WST1. The wafer W1 is maintained at a position above the unloading position UP1 until the wafer stage WST1 approaches the loading position LP.

其次,主控制裝置20在維持晶圓台WTB2與測量台MTB之接觸或接近之狀態下,如圖14中分別以兩個向上白箭頭所示,將晶圓載台WST2與測量載台MST往+Y方向驅動。藉此,形成於投影單元PU下之液浸區域14(液體Lq)從測量台MTB上移動(被移交)至晶圓台WTB2上,藉由投影光學系統PL與晶圓台WTB2保持液浸區域14(液體Lq)(參照圖15)。 Next, the main control device 20 maintains the wafer stage WTB2 and the measurement stage MST to + as shown by two upward white arrows in a state in which the wafer table WTB2 is in contact with or close to the measurement table MTB. Drive in the Y direction. Thereby, the liquid immersion area 14 (liquid Lq) formed under the projection unit PU is moved (transferred) from the measuring table MTB to the wafer table WTB2, and the liquid immersion area is maintained by the projection optical system PL and the wafer table WTB2. 14 (liquid Lq) (refer to Fig. 15).

在上述之液浸區域14之移交結束之時點,係成為測量臂71A插入晶圓載台WST2之空間部內,晶圓台WTB2之背面(光柵RG)對向於測量臂71A之讀頭73a~73d,且讀頭部62A、62C對向於標尺391,392之狀態(參照圖15)。亦即,晶圓台WTB2之位置亦能藉由第3微動載台位置測量系統110C與第1微動載台位置測量系統110A來測量。因此,主控制裝置20係根據以第3微動載台位置測量系統110C測量之晶圓台WTB2之六自由度方向之位置座標再度設定第1微動載台位置測量系統110A之第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A之測量值,來將第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A之原點回歸。以此方式,進行管理在曝光站200內移動之晶圓台WTB2之位置之曝光時座標系之回歸。此外,只要能進行第1微動載台位置測量系統110A與曝光座標組用測量系統34對晶圓台WTB2之六自由度方向之位置之同時測量,即亦可藉由與前述之第3 微動載台位置測量系統110C之原點回歸相同之方法將第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A之原點回歸。 When the transfer of the liquid immersion area 14 is completed, the measurement arm 71A is inserted into the space portion of the wafer stage WST2, and the back surface (grating RG) of the wafer table WTB2 is opposed to the read heads 73a to 73d of the measurement arm 71A. The read heads 62A and 62C are opposed to the scales 391 and 392 (see FIG. 15). That is, the position of the wafer table WTB2 can also be measured by the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C and the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A. Therefore, the main control device 20 sets the first back side encoder of the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A again based on the position coordinates of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB2 measured by the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C. The measured values of the system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A are used to return the origins of the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A. In this manner, the regression of the coordinate system at the time of exposure of the position of the wafer table WTB2 moving within the exposure station 200 is performed. In addition, as long as the first micro-motion stage position measuring system 110A and the exposure coordinate group measuring system 34 can simultaneously measure the position of the wafer table WTB2 in the six-degree-of-freedom direction, it can also be measured by the third The origin return of the fine movement stage position measuring system 110C is the same as the origin of the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A.

主控制裝置20,在上述之曝光時座標系之回歸後,根據第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A中可靠性較高者之位置資訊管理晶圓台WTB2之位置。 The main control device 20 manages the position of the wafer table WTB2 based on the position information of the higher reliability of the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A after the regression of the above-described exposure coordinate system. .

與上述之為了移交液浸區域14之晶圓載台WST2與測量載台MST之+Y方向之驅動並行地,主控制裝置20將晶圓載台WST1往裝載位置LP驅動。在此驅動之途中,變得無法以測量系統80D測量晶圓載台WST1(晶圓台WTB1)之位置。因此,在晶圓載台WST1從測量系統80D之測量範圍脫離前、例如在晶圓載台WST1到達圖15中假想線(兩點鏈線)所示之位置之時點,主控制裝置20將用於晶圓台WTB1(晶圓載台WST1)位置控制之位置測量系統從前述之測量系統80D切換為第2微動載台位置測量系統110B。亦即,在晶圓載台WST1到達圖15中假想線(兩點鏈線)所示之位置之時點,測量臂71B插入晶圓載台WST1之空間部內,晶圓台WTB1之背面(光柵RG)對向於測量臂71B之讀頭75a~75c,且讀頭部62F、62E對向於標尺391,392。又,此時,能進行測量座標組用測量系統35對晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之絕對位置之測量。因此,主控制裝置20使用測量座標組用測量系統35與第2微動載台位置測量系統110B進行晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之位置之同時測量。接著,與前述同樣地,主控制裝置20根據以測量座標組用測量系統35測量之晶圓台WTB1之絕對位置再度設定第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器系統80B之測量值,來將第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器 系統80B之原點回歸。以此方式,進行管理在測量站300內移動之晶圓台WTB1之位置之測量時座標系之回歸。 In parallel with the above-described driving of the wafer stage WST2 for transferring the liquid immersion area 14 and the +Y direction of the measurement stage MST, the main controller 20 drives the wafer stage WST1 to the loading position LP. During the drive, it becomes impossible to measure the position of the wafer stage WST1 (wafer table WTB1) by the measurement system 80D. Therefore, the main control device 20 will be used for the wafer before the wafer stage WST1 is separated from the measurement range of the measurement system 80D, for example, when the wafer stage WST1 reaches the position indicated by the imaginary line (two-point chain line) in FIG. The position measuring system for the position control of the wrap 1 WTB1 (wafer stage WST1) is switched from the aforementioned measuring system 80D to the second fine moving stage position measuring system 110B. That is, when the wafer stage WST1 reaches the position indicated by the imaginary line (two-point chain line) in FIG. 15, the measuring arm 71B is inserted into the space portion of the wafer stage WST1, and the back side (raster RG) of the wafer table WTB1 is paired The read heads 75a-75c of the measuring arm 71B are oriented, and the read heads 62F, 62E are opposed to the scales 391, 392. Further, at this time, it is possible to measure the absolute position of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 by the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35. Therefore, the main control device 20 uses the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35 and the second fine movement stage position measurement system 110B to simultaneously measure the position of the wafer table WTB1 in the six-degree-of-freedom direction. Next, in the same manner as described above, the main control device 20 sets the second back side encoder system 70B of the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B again based on the absolute position of the wafer table WTB1 measured by the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35. The second back side encoder system 70B and the second top side encoder are measured values of the second top side encoder system 80B. The origin return of system 80B. In this way, the regression of the coordinate system for managing the position of the wafer table WTB1 moving within the measurement station 300 is performed.

測量座標組用測量系統35,由於能進行晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之絕對位置之測量,因此從上述之測量系統80D對第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之切換、亦即測量時座標系之回歸能在短時間進行。 The measurement coordinate system measurement system 35 can perform the measurement of the absolute position of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1, and thus the switching from the above-described measurement system 80D to the second fine movement stage position measurement system 110B, that is, the measurement The return of the coordinate system can be carried out in a short time.

主控制裝置20,在上述之測量時座標系之回歸後,一邊根據第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器系統80B中可靠性較高者之位置資訊管理晶圓台WTB1之位置,一邊將晶圓載台WST1定位於裝載位置LP(參照圖15)。 The main control device 20 manages the wafer table WTB1 based on the position information of the higher reliability of the second back side encoder system 70B and the second top side encoder system 80B after the regression of the coordinate system described above. At the position, the wafer stage WST1 is positioned at the loading position LP (see FIG. 15).

晶圓載台WST1被往裝載位置LP驅動而從卸載位置UP1離開後,如圖15中以塗黑箭頭示意所示,位於卸載位置UP1上方之晶圓W1往待機位置UP2移動。此移動,藉由主控制裝置20以下述順序進行。 After the wafer stage WST1 is driven to the loading position LP and is separated from the unloading position UP1, as shown by a black arrow in FIG. 15, the wafer W1 located above the unloading position UP1 moves to the standby position UP2. This movement is performed by the main control unit 20 in the following order.

亦即,將第2卸載滑件往位於卸載位置UP1上方之晶圓W1之下方移動,在將該晶圓W1從第1卸載滑件往第2卸載滑件移交後,使保持有晶圓W1之第2卸載滑件移動至待機位置UP2。此晶圓W1,係維持被第2卸載滑件保持於待機位置UP2之既定高度位置之狀態直到對次一晶圓之一連串測量動作、亦即對準測量及聚焦映射等結束,晶圓載台WST2移動至既定之待機位置為止。 That is, the second unloading slider is moved below the wafer W1 located above the unloading position UP1, and after the wafer W1 is transferred from the first unloading slider to the second unloading slider, the wafer W1 is held. The second unloading slider moves to the standby position UP2. The wafer W1 is maintained in a state where the second unloading slider is held at the predetermined height position of the standby position UP2 until the serial measurement operation of one of the next wafers, that is, the alignment measurement and the focus mapping, is completed, and the wafer stage WST2 is completed. Move to the established standby position.

在裝載位置LP,新的曝光前之晶圓W3(此處係例舉某批量(一批量為25片或50片)中間的晶圓)以下述之順序被裝載於晶圓台WTB1上。亦即,被未圖示之裝載臂保持之晶圓W被移交至維持從裝載臂上升既定量之狀態之上下動銷,在裝載臂退避後,藉由上下動銷下降,而晶圓W 之載置於晶圓保持具上,藉由未圖示之真空夾具加以吸附。此情形下,由於維持上下動銷已上升既定量之狀態,因此能較上下動銷收納於晶圓保持具內部之情形更短時間進行晶圓裝載。圖15係顯示新的曝光前之晶圓W3被裝載於晶圓台WTB1上之狀態。 At the loading position LP, a new wafer W3 before exposure (here, a wafer in the middle of a batch (25 sheets or 50 sheets in a batch) is loaded on the wafer table WTB1 in the following order. That is, the wafer W held by the loading arm (not shown) is transferred to the lower side of the state in which the load is raised from the loading arm, and after the loading arm is retracted, the wafer W is lowered by the upper and lower moving pins. The load is placed on a wafer holder and adsorbed by a vacuum clamp (not shown). In this case, since the up-and-down moving pin is maintained in a state of being quantitative, the wafer loading can be performed in a shorter time than when the upper and lower moving pins are housed inside the wafer holder. Fig. 15 shows a state in which the wafer W3 before the new exposure is loaded on the wafer table WTB1.

另一方面,與晶圓載台WST1往裝載位置LP之移動及晶圓W3之裝載並行地,晶圓載台WST2係在維持測量台MTB與晶圓台WTB2之接近或接觸狀態下,如圖15中以兩個白箭頭分別顯示,往晶圓W2之曝光開始位置、亦即為了第1照射區域之曝光之加速開始位置移動。在此移動開始前,如圖15所示,在晶圓載台WST2之測量板30位於配置於緊挨投影光學系統PL下方之位置之狀態下,主控制裝置20係視必要停止兩載台WST2,MST,進行BCHK後半之處理及聚焦校準後半之處理。 On the other hand, in parallel with the movement of the wafer stage WST1 to the loading position LP and the loading of the wafer W3, the wafer stage WST2 is in a state of maintaining or approaching the measurement stage MTB and the wafer table WTB2, as shown in FIG. The two white arrows are respectively displayed to move toward the exposure start position of the wafer W2, that is, the acceleration start position for the exposure of the first irradiation region. Before the start of the movement, as shown in FIG. 15, in a state where the measuring plate 30 of the wafer stage WST2 is disposed at a position immediately below the projection optical system PL, the main control device 20 stops the two stages WST2 as necessary. MST, the second half of BCHK processing and the second half of focus calibration.

此處,所謂BCHK後半之處理,意指使用包含測量板30之前述之空間像測量裝置451、452測量被投影光學系統PL投影之標線片R(或標線片載台RST上之未圖示標記板)上之一對測量標記之投影像(空間像)之處理。此情形,例如可與美國發明專利申請公開第2002/0041377號說明書等揭示之方法同樣的,介由使用一對空間像測量狹縫圖案SL之狹縫掃描方式的空間像測量動作,分別測量一對測量標記之空間像,並將該測量結果(與晶圓台WTB2之XY位置對應的空間像強度)儲存於記憶體。 Here, the processing of the latter half of BCHK means that the reticle R projected by the projection optical system PL is measured using the aforementioned aerial image measuring devices 451, 452 including the measuring board 30 (or the reticle on the reticle stage RST). The processing of the projection image (spatial image) of the measurement mark is shown by one of the markers. In this case, for example, the same as the method disclosed in the specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0041377, etc., a space image measuring operation using a slit scanning method using a pair of aerial image measuring slit patterns SL, respectively, is measured. The spatial image of the mark is measured, and the measurement result (the spatial image intensity corresponding to the XY position of the wafer table WTB2) is stored in the memory.

又,所謂聚焦校準後半之處理,意指以藉由測量晶圓台WTB2在X軸方向一側與另一側之端部之面位置資訊之一對XZ讀頭65X3,64X3測量之面位置資訊作為基準,一邊控制測量板30(晶圓台WTB2)在投影光學系統PL之光軸方向之位置(Z位置),一邊使用空間像測量裝置451、 452以狹縫掃描方式測量標線片R上之測量標記之空間像,並根據其測量結果測定投影光學系統PL之最佳聚焦位置之處理。 Moreover, the processing of the second half of the focus calibration means that the position information of the XZ read head 65X3, 64X3 is measured by measuring one of the positional information of the wafer wafer WTB2 on the side of the X-axis direction and the other end. As a reference, the space image measuring device 451 is used while controlling the position (Z position) of the measuring plate 30 (wafer table WTB2) in the optical axis direction of the projection optical system PL. The 452 measures the spatial image of the measurement mark on the reticle R by a slit scanning method, and determines the optimum focus position of the projection optical system PL based on the measurement result.

此時,由於液浸區域14形成於投影光學系統PL與測量板30(晶圓台WTB)之間,因此上述空間像之測量係介由投影光學系統PL及液體Lq進行。又,空間像測量裝置45之測量板30等搭載於晶圓載台WST2(晶圓台WTB2),受光元件等搭載於測量載台MST,因此上述空間像之測量係在保持晶圓載台WST與測量載台MST接觸或接近之狀態下進行。 At this time, since the liquid immersion area 14 is formed between the projection optical system PL and the measuring board 30 (wafer table WTB), the measurement of the above-described aerial image is performed by the projection optical system PL and the liquid Lq. Further, since the measuring plate 30 of the space image measuring device 45 or the like is mounted on the wafer stage WST2 (wafer table WTB2), and the light receiving element or the like is mounted on the measurement stage MST, the measurement of the aerial image is performed on the wafer stage WST and the measurement. The stage MST is contacted or approached.

藉由上述測定,求出在晶圓台WTB2之中心線與基準軸LV一致的狀態下之一對XZ讀頭65X3,64X3之測量值(亦即,晶圓台WTB2在X軸方向一側與另一側端部的面位置資訊)。此測量值,係與投影光學系統統PL之最佳聚焦位置對應。 By the above measurement, the measured value of one of the XZ read heads 65X3, 64X3 in the state where the center line of the wafer table WTB2 coincides with the reference axis LV is obtained (that is, the wafer table WTB2 is on the X-axis side side). The position information of the other end is). This measured value corresponds to the best focus position of the projection optical system PL.

在進行上述之BCHK後半之處理及聚焦校準後半之處理後,主控制裝置20根據BCHK前半之處理(關於此留待後述)之結果與BCHK後半之處理之結果,算出對準檢測系ALG之基線。又,與此同時,主控制裝置20根據在聚焦校準前半之處理(關於此留待後述)所得之晶圓台WTB2之中心線與基準軸LV一致的狀態下之一對XZ讀頭68X3,67X3之測量值(晶圓台WTB2在X軸方向一側與另一側端部的面位置資訊)與AF系(90a,90b)在測量板30表面之檢測點之檢測結果(面位置資訊)之關係、以及與在上述之聚焦校準後半之處理所得之投影光學系統PL之最佳聚焦位置對應之晶圓台WTB2之中心線與基準軸LV一致的狀態下之一對XZ讀頭65X3,64X3之測量值(亦即,晶圓台WTB2在X軸方向一側與另一側端部的面位置資訊),求出AF系(90a,90b)之檢測點中之偏置,並藉由例如光學手法將AF系之檢 測原點調整成該偏置成為零。 After the processing of the latter half of the BCHK and the second half of the focus calibration, the main control unit 20 calculates the baseline of the alignment detection system ALG based on the result of the processing of the first half of the BCHK (described later) and the result of the second half of the BCHK. Further, at the same time, the main control unit 20 pairs the XZ read heads 68X3, 67X3 in a state in which the center line of the wafer table WTB2 obtained by the first half of the focus calibration (which will be described later) coincides with the reference axis LV. The relationship between the measured value (surface position information of one side of the wafer table WTB2 on the X-axis direction and the other end) and the detection result (surface position information) of the AF system (90a, 90b) at the detection point on the surface of the measuring board 30 And the measurement of the XZ read head 65X3, 64X3 in a state in which the center line of the wafer table WTB2 corresponding to the best focus position of the projection optical system PL obtained by the processing of the second half of the focus calibration is coincident with the reference axis LV The value (that is, the surface position information of the wafer table WTB2 on the side in the X-axis direction and the other end), and the offset in the detection point of the AF system (90a, 90b) is obtained, and by, for example, an optical method Inspection of the AF system The origin is adjusted so that the offset becomes zero.

此情形下,就產能提昇之觀點來看,亦可僅進行上述之BCHK後半之處理及聚焦校準後半之處理之一方,亦可不進行兩方之處理而移行至次一處理。當然,在不進行BCHK後半之處理之情形,亦無需進行前述之BCHK前半之處理。 In this case, from the viewpoint of productivity improvement, only one of the processing of the second half of the above-mentioned BCHK and the latter half of the focus calibration may be performed, or the processing may be performed to the next processing without performing the processing of both parties. Of course, in the case of not processing the second half of BCHK, it is not necessary to perform the aforementioned processing of the first half of BCHK.

在以上作業結束後,如圖16所示,主控制裝置20使測量載台MST往-X方向且+Y方向驅動,解除兩載台WST,MST接觸或接近之狀態。 After the above operation is completed, as shown in FIG. 16, the main control device 20 drives the measurement stage MST in the -X direction and the +Y direction, and releases the state in which the two stages WST, MST are in contact or close.

接著,主控制裝置20進行步進掃描方式之曝光,將標線片圖案轉印至新的晶圓W2上。此曝光動作,係藉由主控制裝置20,根據事前進行之晶圓對準(EGA)之結果(晶圓上所有照射區域之排列座標)、及對準檢測系ALG之最新基線等,反覆將晶圓載台WST往為了晶圓W上之各照射區域曝光之掃描開始位置(加速開始位置)移動之照射間移動動作、以及以掃描曝光方式將形成於標線片R之圖案轉印於各照射區域之掃描曝光動作,藉此來進行。此外,上述曝光動作係在於前端透鏡191與晶圓W之間保持有液體(水)Lq之狀態下進行。 Next, the main control device 20 performs exposure in the step-and-scan mode to transfer the reticle pattern onto the new wafer W2. This exposure operation is repeated by the main control device 20 according to the result of the wafer alignment (EGA) performed beforehand (arranged coordinates of all the illumination areas on the wafer) and the latest baseline of the alignment detection system ALG. The wafer stage WST transfers the irradiation operation between the scanning start position (acceleration start position) for exposing the respective irradiation areas on the wafer W, and transfers the pattern formed on the reticle R to each irradiation by scanning exposure. The scanning exposure operation of the area is performed by this. Further, the above-described exposure operation is performed in a state where the liquid (water) Lq is held between the distal end lens 191 and the wafer W.

又,本實施形態中,例如由於最初曝光之第1照射區域被設定於位於晶圓W2之-X側半部之+Y端部之照射區域,因此首先為了往該加速開始位置移動,晶圓載台WST係往+X方向且+Y方向移動。 Further, in the present embodiment, for example, since the first irradiation region to be initially exposed is set in the irradiation region at the +Y end portion of the -X side half of the wafer W2, first, in order to move to the acceleration start position, the wafer is loaded. The WST system moves in the +X direction and in the +Y direction.

接著,沿著如圖16中黑箭頭所示之路徑,一邊使晶圓載台WST2移動一邊將晶圓W2之-X側半部之區域依從+Y側之照射區域往-Y側之照射區域之順序曝光。 Next, the area of the -X side half of the wafer W2 is moved from the irradiation area on the +Y side to the irradiation area on the -Y side while moving the wafer stage WST2 along the path indicated by the black arrow in FIG. Sequential exposure.

與上述晶圓W2之-X側半部區域之曝光並行地,在晶圓載台WST1側接續前述之晶圓W3之裝載動作進行以下之一連串測量動作。 In parallel with the exposure of the -X side half region of the wafer W2, the loading operation of the wafer W3 is continued on the wafer stage WST1 side to perform one of the following series of measurement operations.

首先,當晶圓載台WST1位於裝載位置LP時,進行對準檢測系ALG之基線測量(BCHK)前半之處理。此處,所謂BCHK之前半處理係意指如以下之處理。亦即,主控制裝置20以對準檢測系ALG檢測(觀察)位於前述之測量板30中央之基準標記FM,並將該對準檢測系ALG之檢測結果與該檢測時之微動載台位置測量系統110B之測量值賦予對應關係後儲存於記憶體。本實施形態中,亦可與前述之晶圓W之裝載動作至少一部分並行地進行BCHK前半之處理。 First, when the wafer stage WST1 is at the loading position LP, the processing of the first half of the baseline measurement (BCHK) of the alignment detection system ALG is performed. Here, the first half of the BCHK processing means the following processing. That is, the main control device 20 detects (observes) the reference mark FM located at the center of the aforementioned measuring board 30 with the alignment detecting system ALG, and measures the detection result of the alignment detecting system ALG and the micro-motion stage position measurement at the time of detection. The measured values of the system 110B are assigned to the corresponding relationship and stored in the memory. In the present embodiment, the first half of the BCHK may be processed in parallel with at least a part of the loading operation of the wafer W described above.

接續於BCHK前半之處理,當晶圓載台WST1位於裝載位置LP時,進行聚焦校準前半之處理。 Following the first half of BCHK processing, when the wafer stage WST1 is at the loading position LP, the first half of the focus calibration is performed.

亦即,主控制裝置20一邊檢測出以第2頂側編碼器系統80B之一對XZ讀頭68X3,67X3檢測之晶圓台WTB1在X軸方向一側與另一側端部之面位置資訊(標尺391,392之Z位置資訊),一邊以從該等資訊取得之基準平面為基準,使用AF系(90a,90b)檢測出前述之測量板30表面之面位置資訊。藉此,求出在晶圓台WTB1之中心線一致於基準軸LV之狀態下之一對XZ讀頭68X3,67X3之測量值(晶圓台WTB1在X軸方向一側與另一側端部之面位置資訊)與AF系(90a,90b)在測量板30表面之檢測點之檢測結果(面位置資訊)之關係。 That is, the main control unit 20 detects the position information of the wafer table WTB1 detected by one of the second top side encoder systems 80B on the X-axis direction side and the other side end portion of the wafer table WTB1 detected by the XZ read heads 68X3, 67X3. (Z position information of the scale 391,392), the surface position information of the surface of the measuring plate 30 described above is detected using the AF system (90a, 90b) based on the reference plane obtained from the information. Thereby, the measured value of one of the XZ read heads 68X3, 67X3 in the state where the center line of the wafer table WTB1 coincides with the reference axis LV is obtained (the wafer table WTB1 is on the X-axis direction side and the other side end portion). The position information of the surface is related to the detection result (surface position information) of the AF system (90a, 90b) at the detection point on the surface of the measuring board 30.

接著,主控制裝置20開始使用第2頂側編碼器系統80B之四軸讀頭67、68、以及AF系(90a,90b)之聚焦映射。 Next, the main control unit 20 starts the focus map using the four-axis read heads 67, 68 of the second top side encoder system 80B and the AF system (90a, 90b).

此處,說明以本實施形態之曝光裝置100進行之聚焦映射。 在此聚焦映射時,主控制裝置20根據分別對向於標尺391,392之第2頂側編碼器系統80B之兩個四軸讀頭67、68之測量值管理晶圓台WTB1之XY平面內之位置。 Here, the focus map performed by the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment will be described. At this focus mapping, the main control unit 20 manages the position in the XY plane of the wafer table WTB1 based on the measured values of the two four-axis read heads 67, 68 of the second top side encoder system 80B to the scales 391, 392, respectively. .

接著,在此狀態下,主控制裝置20將晶圓載台WST1如圖16中白箭頭所示,隔著X軸方向之步進移動交互反覆-Y方向及+Y方向之高速掃描,並在該高速掃描中,以既定取樣間隔擷取以兩個四軸編碼器67、68之各個測量之晶圓台WTB1表面(板件28表面)之X軸方向兩端部(一對第2撥水板28b)在X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向之位置資訊與以AF系(90a,90b)檢測之各檢測點中晶圓W表面在Z軸方向之位置資訊(面位置資訊),並使該擷取之各資訊相互賦予對應關係依序存放於未圖示之記憶體。 Next, in this state, the main control device 20 moves the wafer stage WST1 in a stepwise movement in the X-axis direction as indicated by a white arrow in FIG. 16 to perform high-speed scanning in the -Y direction and the +Y direction, and In the high-speed scanning, the X-axis direction of the surface of the wafer table WTB1 (the surface of the plate member 28) measured by each of the two four-axis encoders 67, 68 is taken at a predetermined sampling interval (a pair of second water-repellent plates) 28b) position information in the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions and position information (surface position information) of the surface of the wafer W in the Z-axis direction at each detection point detected by the AF system (90a, 90b), and The information obtained from each other is sequentially stored in a memory (not shown).

接著,主控制裝置20結束上述之取樣,將AF系(90a,90b)各檢測點之面位置資訊,換算為以同時擷取之以兩個四軸編碼器67、68各個測量之在Z軸方向之位置資訊作為基準之資料。 Next, the main control device 20 ends the above sampling, and converts the surface position information of each detection point of the AF system (90a, 90b) into two Z-axis encoders 67 and 68 for simultaneous measurement. The location information of the direction is used as the reference material.

進一步詳述此點,根據一方之四軸讀頭67之Z位置之測量值,取得板件28之-X側端部近旁之區域(形成有標尺392之第2撥水板28b)上之既定點(相當於與AF系(90a,90b)之檢測點大致相同之X軸上之點:以下將此點稱為左測量點)之面位置資訊。又,根據另一方之四軸讀頭68之Z位置之測量值,取得板件28之+X側端部近旁之區域(形成有標尺391之第2撥水板28b)上之既定點(相當於與AF系(90a,90b)之個檢測點大致相同之X軸上之點:以下將此點稱為右測量點)之面位置資訊。因此,主控制裝置20係將AF系(90a,90b)之各檢測點之面位置資訊,換算為以連結左測量點之面位置與右測量點之面位置之直線(以下為說明方便稱為台面基準線)作為基 準之面位置資料。此種換算,主控制裝置20係針對所有取樣時擷取之資訊進行。 More specifically, according to the measured value of the Z position of one of the four-axis read heads 67, the area near the -X side end portion of the plate member 28 (the second water-repellent plate 28b on which the scale 392 is formed) is obtained. The point (corresponding to the point on the X-axis which is substantially the same as the detection point of the AF system (90a, 90b): this point is referred to as the left-side measurement point). Further, based on the measured value of the Z position of the other four-axis read head 68, the predetermined point on the region near the +X side end of the plate member 28 (the second water-repellent plate 28b on which the scale 391 is formed) is obtained (equivalent The point on the X-axis which is substantially the same as the detection point of the AF system (90a, 90b): the position information of the point below is referred to as the right measurement point. Therefore, the main control device 20 converts the surface position information of each detection point of the AF system (90a, 90b) into a straight line connecting the surface position of the left measurement point and the surface position of the right measurement point (hereinafter referred to as convenience) Countertop baseline) Quasi-face location information. In this conversion, the main control unit 20 performs the information captured during all sampling.

此處,本實施形態之曝光裝置100,能與上述之第2頂側編碼器系統80B之測量並行地,藉由第2背側編碼器系統70B測量在X軸方向、Y軸方向、Z軸方向及θy方向(以及θz方向)之晶圓台WTB1(微動載台WFS)之位置資訊。因此,主控制裝置20,以與上述之以兩個四軸編碼器68、67之各個測量之晶圓台WTB1表面(板件28表面)之X軸方向兩端部在X軸、Y軸及Z軸方向之位置資訊與以AF系(90a,90b)檢測之各檢測點中晶圓W表面在Z軸方向之位置資訊(面位置資訊)之擷取相同之時點,亦擷取藉由第2背側編碼器系統70B之在上述各方向(X、Y、Z、θy(及θz))之位置之測量值。接著,主控制裝置20,求出從同時擷取之第2頂側編碼器系統80B之測量資訊得到之台面基準線之資料(Z、θy)與第2背側編碼器系統70B之測量資訊(Z、θy)之關係。藉此,能將以上述台面基準線作為基準之面位置資料,換算為以藉由背面測量而得之晶圓台WTB1之Z位置及θy旋轉所決定之、對應上述台面基準線之基準線(以下為說明方便稱為背面測量基準線)作為基準之面位置資料。 Here, the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment can measure the X-axis direction, the Y-axis direction, and the Z-axis by the second back side encoder system 70B in parallel with the measurement of the second top-side encoder system 80B described above. Position information of the wafer table WTB1 (micro-motion stage WFS) in the direction and the θy direction (and the θz direction). Therefore, the main control unit 20 has the X-axis and the Y-axis at both ends in the X-axis direction of the surface of the wafer table WTB1 (the surface of the plate member 28) measured by each of the two four-axis encoders 68 and 67 described above. The position information in the Z-axis direction is the same as the position information (surface position information) of the surface of the wafer W in the Z-axis direction at each detection point detected by the AF system (90a, 90b), and is also obtained by the 2 Measurement values of the position of the back side encoder system 70B in the above respective directions (X, Y, Z, θy (and θz)). Next, the main control unit 20 obtains the data (Z, θy) of the mesa reference line obtained from the measurement information of the second top side encoder system 80B which is simultaneously extracted, and the measurement information of the second back side encoder system 70B ( The relationship between Z and θy). Thereby, the surface position data based on the mesa reference line can be converted into a reference line corresponding to the Z-position and the θy rotation of the wafer table WTB1 obtained by the back surface measurement and corresponding to the mesa reference line ( The following is a description of the surface position as a reference for the convenience of the back measurement base line.

藉由以此方式預先取得上述之換算資料,例如在曝光時等以前述之XZ讀頭64X及65X測量晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)表面(形成有標尺392之第2撥水板28b上之點、以及形成有標尺391之第2撥水板28b上之點),算出晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之Z位置與相對XY平面之傾斜(主要為θy旋轉)。藉由使用此算出之晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之Z位置與相對XY平面之傾斜與前述之面位置資料(以台面基準線作為基準之面位置資料),而不需實 際取得晶圓W表面之面位置資訊即能進行晶圓W之面位置控制。因此,由於即使將AF系配置於離開投影光學系統PL之位置亦不會有任何問題,因此即使係作業距離(曝光時之投影光學系統PL與晶圓W之間隔)較窄之曝光裝置等,亦能非常合適地適用本實施形態之聚焦映射。 By obtaining the above-described conversion data in advance in this manner, for example, the surface of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) is measured by the XZ read heads 64X and 65X at the time of exposure (the second water-repellent plate 28b on which the scale 392 is formed) The point and the point on the second water-repellent plate 28b on which the scale 391 is formed are calculated, and the Z position of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) and the inclination to the XY plane (mainly θy rotation) are calculated. By using the calculated Z-position of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) and the inclination of the relative XY plane and the aforementioned surface position data (the surface position data based on the mesa reference line), without When the position information of the surface of the wafer W is obtained, the position control of the wafer W can be performed. Therefore, even if the AF system is disposed at a position away from the projection optical system PL, there is no problem, and therefore, even if the working distance (the interval between the projection optical system PL and the wafer W at the time of exposure) is narrow, an exposure apparatus or the like is used. The focus map of this embodiment can also be suitably applied.

在上述之聚焦映射結束後,進行例如EGA方式之晶圓對準。具體而言,主控制裝置20根據第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之測量值,一邊伺服控制晶圓台WTB1之位置,一邊如圖17中白箭頭所示將晶圓載台WST1往XY二維方向步進驅動,同時在各步進位置使用對準檢測系ALG檢測出附設於晶圓上各照射區域之對準標記,將對準檢測系ALG之檢測結果與該檢測時之第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之測量值賦予關聯後存放於未圖示之記憶體。 After the above-described focus mapping is completed, wafer alignment such as the EGA method is performed. Specifically, the main controller 20 servo-controls the position of the wafer table WTB1 based on the measured value of the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B, and moves the wafer stage WST1 to XY two-dimensionally as indicated by a white arrow in FIG. The direction is driven in the step, and the alignment mark ALG is used to detect the alignment marks attached to the respective irradiation areas on the wafer at each step position, and the detection result of the alignment detection system ALG and the second micro motion of the detection are performed. The measured values of the position measuring system 110B are associated and stored in a memory (not shown).

接著,主控制裝置20使用以上述方式獲得之複數個對準標記之檢測結果與所對應之第2微動載台位置測量系統110B的測量值,透過例如美國發明專利第4,780,617號說明書所揭示之EGA方式進行統計運算,算出EGA參數(X偏置、Y偏置、正交度、晶圓旋轉、晶圓X定標、晶圓Y定標等),並根據其算出結果,求出晶圓W2之所有照射區域之排列座標。接著,主控制裝置20將該排列座標換算為以基準標記FM位置作為基準之座標。在此時點亦繼續進行晶圓W2之-X側半部區域之曝光。 Next, the main control unit 20 uses the detection result of the plurality of alignment marks obtained in the above manner and the measured value of the corresponding second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B, and is disclosed in, for example, the EGA disclosed in the specification of the US Patent No. 4,780,617. The method performs statistical calculations to calculate EGA parameters (X offset, Y offset, orthogonality, wafer rotation, wafer X calibration, wafer Y calibration, etc.), and obtains wafer W2 based on the calculated result. Arrangement coordinates of all the illuminated areas. Next, the main control device 20 converts the arrangement coordinates into coordinates based on the reference mark FM position as a reference. At this point, the exposure of the -X side half region of the wafer W2 is also continued.

此外,上述說明中,雖係在聚焦映射結束後進行晶圓對準,但並不限於此,亦可在晶圓對準結束後進行聚焦映射,或者聚焦映射與晶圓對準至少一部分並行地進行。 Further, in the above description, although the wafer alignment is performed after the focus mapping is completed, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the focus mapping may be performed after the wafer alignment is completed, or the focus map may be aligned with the wafer at least in part. get on.

接著,在一連串測量動作結束後,主控制裝置20將保持有 晶圓W3之晶圓載台WST1如圖18中白箭頭所示往與圖9所示之晶圓載台WST2之待機位置相對基準軸LV成對稱之待機位置於-X方向且+Y方向驅動。圖19顯示晶圓載台WST1往待機位置移動並在該位置待機之狀態。此待機位置在大致緊挨前述之晶圓之待機位置UP3下方,在往此待機位置移動之途中,測量晶圓載台WST1位置之測量系統從第2微動載台位置測量系統110B切換成測量系統80D。 Then, after a series of measurement actions are completed, the main control device 20 will remain The wafer stage WST1 of the wafer W3 is driven in the -X direction and the +Y direction to the standby position symmetrical with respect to the reference axis LV with respect to the standby position of the wafer stage WST2 shown in FIG. 9 as indicated by a white arrow in FIG. Fig. 19 shows a state in which the wafer stage WST1 moves to the standby position and stands by at this position. The standby position is substantially below the standby position UP3 of the wafer, and the measurement system for measuring the position of the wafer stage WST1 is switched from the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B to the measuring system 80D while moving to the standby position. .

與上述之晶圓載台WST1往待機位置之移動及其後之在待機位置之待機並行地,藉由主控制裝置20,沿著分別於圖18及圖19中以黑箭頭所示之路徑一邊移動晶圓載台WST2、一邊進行保持於晶圓台WTB2上之晶圓W2之+X側半部區域之曝光。 In parallel with the movement of the wafer stage WST1 to the standby position and the standby at the standby position, the main control unit 20 moves along the path indicated by the black arrow in FIGS. 18 and 19, respectively. The wafer stage WST2 is exposed to the +X side half area of the wafer W2 held on the wafer table WTB2.

晶圓載台WST1移動至待機位置後,主控制裝置20在使在待機位置UP2上方保持有曝光完畢之晶圓W1之第2卸載滑件下降驅動既定量後,如圖20中塗黑箭頭所示,往-Y方向驅動,將晶圓W1搬送至與晶圓搬送系之移交位置。 After the wafer stage WST1 is moved to the standby position, the main control unit 20 lowers and drives the second unloading slider for holding the exposed wafer W1 above the standby position UP2, as shown by the black arrow in FIG. Driven in the -Y direction, the wafer W1 is transported to the transfer position with the wafer transfer system.

比較圖20與圖9後可清楚得知,圖20之狀態,雖係晶圓載台WST1與晶圓載台WST2替換且晶圓載台WST1之待機位置設定於與晶圓載台WST2之待機位置相對基準軸LV成左右對稱之位置,但保持於兩個晶圓載台WST1、WST2上之兩片晶圓W之處理進展狀況係相同。 20 and FIG. 9, it can be clearly seen that in the state of FIG. 20, the wafer stage WST1 and the wafer stage WST2 are replaced, and the standby position of the wafer stage WST1 is set to be opposite to the standby position of the wafer stage WST2. The LV is in a bilaterally symmetrical position, but the progress of processing of the two wafers W held on the two wafer stages WST1, WST2 is the same.

其後,一邊交互使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2、一邊藉由主控制裝置20反覆與上述相同之動作。 Thereafter, the wafer controllers WST1 and WST2 are used alternately, and the same operation as described above is repeated by the main controller 20.

不過在此反覆時,晶圓載台WST2在所保持之晶圓W之曝光結束時,被往+X方向驅動後,由於係與晶圓載台WST1替換,因此係被 往-Y方向驅動。此情形下,晶圓載台WST1為了與晶圓載台WST2替換,而被往+Y方向驅動。 However, when this is repeated, the wafer stage WST2 is driven in the +X direction when the exposure of the held wafer W is completed, and is replaced by the wafer stage WST1. Drive in the -Y direction. In this case, the wafer stage WST1 is driven in the +Y direction in order to be replaced with the wafer stage WST2.

接著,晶圓載台WST2在替換後,移動至卸載位置UP1後,從該晶圓載台WST2被卸載之曝光完畢之晶圓,在卸載位置UP1之-X側之待機位置UP3待機。接著,在新的晶圓對晶圓載台WST2上之裝載、前述之一連串測量動作結束,晶圓載台WST2移動至緊挨待機位置UP2下方之待機位置之時點,在待機位置UP3待機之曝光完畢之晶圓沿-Y方向之路徑搬送至與晶圓搬送系之移交位置。 Next, after the wafer stage WST2 is replaced, after moving to the unloading position UP1, the exposed wafer that has been unloaded from the wafer stage WST2 stands by at the standby position UP3 on the -X side of the unloading position UP1. Then, after the new wafer is loaded on the wafer stage WST2, one of the series of measurement operations is completed, the wafer stage WST2 is moved to the standby position immediately below the standby position UP2, and the exposure is completed at the standby position UP3. The wafer is transported in a path in the -Y direction to a transfer position with the wafer transfer system.

如以上所詳細說明,根據本實施形態之曝光裝置100,例如在於曝光站200有一方之晶圓載台WST1(或WST2)、於測量站300有另一方之晶圓載台WST2(或WST1)之情形,能與在曝光站200中保持於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之晶圓W被照明光IL介由投影光學系統PL及液體Lq被曝光之動作並行地,在測量站300對保持於晶圓台WTB2(或WTB1)之晶圓W進行前述之一連串測量。又,在對保持於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之晶圓W之曝光結束後,在晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)與測量台MTB之間進行緊挨投影光學系統PL下方之液體Lq(液浸區域14)之移交,藉由投影光學系統PL與測量台MTB保持該液體。此液體Lq之移交,能在對保持於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之晶圓W之曝光結束後一刻進行。藉此,無需將被供應至緊挨投影光學系統PL下方之液體Lq從晶圓台WTB1及WTB2之一方移交至另一方。藉此,例如在如為了晶圓交換等而使晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)返回至測量站300時將供應至緊挨投影光學系統PL下方之液體Lq從晶圓台WTB1及WTB2之一方移交至另一方之情形般,無需使晶圓台WTB1(或 WTB2)大幅繞轉。又,根據本實施形態之曝光裝置100,主控制裝置20係在於投影光學系統PL與測量台MTB間保持有液體Lq之狀態下,以包含保持曝光完畢之晶圓W之晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之晶圓載台WST1(或WST2)與包含保持已結束前述之一連串測量之晶圓W之晶圓台WTB2(或WTB1)之晶圓載台WST2(或WST1)在Y軸方向位置替換之方式,透過粗動載台驅動系統51A、51B驅動晶圓載台WST1及WST2。此情形下,主控制裝置20係以在Y軸方向位置替換之方式,將包含晶圓台WTB1之晶圓載台WST1與包含晶圓台WTB2之晶圓載台WST2沿包含在Y軸方向平行之彼此逆向之路徑之各自之移動路徑並行驅動(參照圖12)。本實施形態中,係採用此種包含在Y軸方向平行之彼此逆向之路徑之各自之移動路徑,在晶圓載台WST1、WST2通過此移動路徑之前後,主控制裝置20藉由粗動載台驅動系統51A、51B將晶圓載台WST1、WST2分別以取代配置於粗動載台WCS空間內之臂構件711、712(亦即讀頭73a~73c、75a~75c)之一方而配置臂構件711、712(亦即讀頭73a~73c、75a~75c)之另一方之方式從曝光站200與測量站300之一方移動至另一方(例如參照圖9及圖18)。此情形下,為了晶圓載台WST1或WST2從曝光站200與測量站300之間之區域(中間區域)往曝光站200移動,係藉由主控制裝置20,根據以測量系統80D測量之晶圓載台WST1或WST2之位置資訊,控制粗動載台驅動系統51A、51B對晶圓載台WST1或WST2之驅動。又,晶圓載台WST1與晶圓載台WST2,在前述之中間區域內通過互異之移動路徑從曝光站200與測量站300之一方移動至另一方,在本實施形態中該相異之移動路徑位置係在X方向上相異,亦即在底盤12上分離設定於X方向之一端側與另一端側。本實施形態中,管載 體由於從-X方向連接於晶圓載台WST1,並從+X方向連接於晶圓載台WST2,因此晶圓載台WST1在X方向其移動路徑設定於投影光學系統PL之-X側,晶圓載台WST2在X方向其移動路徑設定於投影光學系統PL之+X側。 As described in detail above, the exposure apparatus 100 according to the present embodiment is, for example, a case where the exposure station 200 has one wafer stage WST1 (or WST2) and the measurement station 300 has another wafer stage WST2 (or WST1). The wafer W held in the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) in the exposure station 200 can be held in the crystal by the measurement optical system PL and the liquid Lq by the exposure light IL in parallel. The wafer W of the wrap table WTB2 (or WTB1) performs one of the aforementioned series of measurements. Further, after the exposure of the wafer W held on the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) is completed, the liquid Lq immediately below the projection optical system PL is performed between the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) and the measurement table MTB ( The liquid immersion area 14) is transferred, and the liquid is held by the projection optical system PL and the measuring stage MTB. The transfer of the liquid Lq can be performed immediately after the end of the exposure of the wafer W held on the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2). Thereby, it is not necessary to transfer the liquid Lq supplied to the lower side of the projection optical system PL from one of the wafer tables WTB1 and WTB2 to the other. Thereby, for example, when the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) is returned to the measurement station 300 for wafer exchange or the like, the liquid Lq supplied immediately below the projection optical system PL is transferred from one of the wafer tables WTB1 and WTB2. As in the case of the other party, there is no need to make the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) is greatly revolved. Further, according to the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment, the main control unit 20 is configured to include the wafer table WTB1 holding the exposed wafer W in a state in which the liquid Lq is held between the projection optical system PL and the measurement stage MTB (or The wafer stage WST1 (or WST2) of WTB2) and the wafer stage WST2 (or WST1) containing the wafer table WTB2 (or WTB1) of the wafer W that has completed one of the aforementioned series of measurements are replaced in the Y-axis direction. The wafer stages WST1 and WST2 are driven by the coarse stage driving systems 51A, 51B. In this case, the main control unit 20 replaces the wafer stage WST1 including the wafer table WTB1 and the wafer stage WST2 including the wafer table WTB2 in parallel with each other in the Y-axis direction so as to be replaced in the Y-axis direction. The respective moving paths of the reverse paths are driven in parallel (refer to FIG. 12). In the present embodiment, the respective moving paths including the paths that are parallel to each other in the Y-axis direction are used. After the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 pass the moving path, the main control unit 20 uses the coarse movement stage. The drive systems 51A and 51B dispose the arm members WST1 and WST2 in one of the arm members 711 and 712 (that is, the read heads 73a to 73c and 75a to 75c) disposed in the space of the coarse movement stage WCS, respectively. The other of 712 (i.e., read heads 73a-73c, 75a-75c) moves from one of exposure station 200 and measurement station 300 to the other (see, for example, Figures 9 and 18). In this case, in order for the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 to move from the area (intermediate area) between the exposure station 200 and the measurement station 300 to the exposure station 200, the wafer control by the measurement system 80D is performed by the main control unit 20. The position information of the table WST1 or WST2 controls the driving of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 by the coarse stage driving systems 51A, 51B. Further, the wafer stage WST1 and the wafer stage WST2 are moved from one of the exposure station 200 and the measurement station 300 to the other by the mutually different movement paths in the intermediate region, and the different moving path is used in the present embodiment. The position is different in the X direction, that is, on the chassis 12, one end side and the other end side are set in the X direction. In this embodiment, the tube load Since the body is connected to the wafer stage WST1 from the -X direction and connected to the wafer stage WST2 from the +X direction, the movement path of the wafer stage WST1 in the X direction is set to the -X side of the projection optical system PL, and the wafer stage The moving path of the WST 2 in the X direction is set on the +X side of the projection optical system PL.

又,主控制裝置20,在例如包含保持上述曝光完畢之晶圓W之晶圓載台WST1及WST2中之一方與保持已結束前述之一連串測量之晶圓W之晶圓載台WST1及WST2中之另一方在Y軸方向之位置替換時在內,至在保持於晶圓載台WST1及WST2中之一方之晶圓W之曝光結束後保持於晶圓載台WST1及WST2中之另一方之晶圓W之曝光開始為止之一部分之期間中,能使用測量台MTB所具有之測量用構件、亦即前述之照度不均感測器95、空間像測量器96、波面像差測量器97及照度監測器98之至少一個,進行照度不均測量、空間像測量、波面像差測量及劑量測量之至少一個。藉此,能在不使產能降低之情形下視必要進行與曝光相關連之測量。 Further, the main control device 20 includes, for example, one of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 that hold the exposed wafer W and the other of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 that hold the wafer W that has completed one of the series of measurements described above. The wafer W held in the other of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 after the exposure of one of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 is completed, when one of the positions is replaced in the Y-axis direction. In the period from the start of the exposure, the measuring member of the measuring table MTB, that is, the aforementioned illuminance unevenness sensor 95, the aerial image measuring device 96, the wavefront aberration measuring device 97, and the illuminance monitor 98 can be used. At least one of performing illuminance unevenness measurement, spatial image measurement, wavefront aberration measurement, and dose measurement. Thereby, it is possible to perform measurement related to exposure as necessary without reducing the productivity.

本實施形態中,晶圓載台WST1及WST2之移動路徑,還包含於X軸方向將晶圓載台WST1及WST2往彼此逆向驅動之路徑(參照圖13)。 In the present embodiment, the movement paths of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 further include a path for driving the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 in opposite directions to each other in the X-axis direction (see FIG. 13).

因此,不但能提升產能,亦能使裝置小型。 Therefore, not only can the production capacity be increased, but also the device can be made small.

本實施形態之曝光裝置100,其具備:第1背側編碼器系統70A,當晶圓載台WST(或WST2)位於曝光站200時,測量被粗動載台WCS保持成能移動於六自由度方向之晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)、亦即微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置之第1微動載台位置測量系統110A,係從下方 對設於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)背面(-Z側之面)之光柵RG照射測量光束,接收該測量光束之來自光柵RG之返回光(反射繞射光),在晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)在曝光站200內之既定範圍(至少包含為了保持於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之晶圓W之曝光之曝光站200內之範圍)移動時,測量晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之六自由度方向之位置資訊;以及第1頂側編碼器系統80A,具有設於主支架BD之讀頭部62A、62C,從讀頭部62A、62C對設於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之一對標尺391,392(二維光柵)照射測量光束,接收該測量光束之來自標尺391,392(二維光柵)之返回光(反射繞射光),在晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)在曝光站200內之上述既定範圍移動時,能與第1背側編碼器系統70A之前述位置資訊之測量並行地測量晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之六自由度方向之位置資訊。接著,主控制裝置20在晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)移動於曝光站200內之上述既定範圍時,例如在曝光時,係根據第1背側編碼器系統70A之位置資訊及第1頂側編碼器系統80A之位置資訊中可靠性較高者之位置資訊驅動晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)。 The exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment includes a first back side encoder system 70A. When the wafer stage WST (or WST2) is located at the exposure station 200, the measurement is held by the coarse movement stage WCS so as to be movable to six degrees of freedom. The first micro-motion stage position measuring system 110A of the direction of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2), that is, the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the fine movement stage WFS, is from below The grating RG provided on the back surface (the side of the -Z side) of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) illuminates the measuring beam, and receives the returning light (reflected diffracted light) from the grating RG of the measuring beam at the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) Measurement of wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) when moving within a predetermined range within exposure station 200 (including at least a range within exposure station 200 for exposure to wafer W of wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2)) The position information of the six degrees of freedom direction; and the first top side encoder system 80A having the read heads 62A, 62C provided on the main holder BD, and the pair of read heads 62A, 62C are disposed on the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) One of the scales 391, 392 (two-dimensional grating) illuminates the measuring beam, and receives the returning light (reflected diffracted light) from the scale 391, 392 (two-dimensional grating) of the measuring beam at the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) at the exposure station 200 When the predetermined range is moved, the position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) can be measured in parallel with the measurement of the position information of the first back side encoder system 70A. Next, when the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) moves to the predetermined range in the exposure station 200, for example, during exposure, the main control device 20 is based on the position information of the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side. The location information of the higher reliability of the position information of the encoder system 80A drives the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2).

又,本實施形態之曝光裝置100,其具備:第2背側編碼器系統70B,當晶圓載台WST1(或WST2)位於測量站300時,測量被粗動載台WCS保持成能移動於六自由度方向之晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)、亦即微動載台WFS之六自由度方向之位置之第2微動載台位置測量系統110B,係從下方對設於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)背面(-Z側之面)之光柵RG照射測量光束,接收該測量光束之來自光柵RG之返回光(反射繞射光),在晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)在測量站300內之既定範圍(至少包含為了進行前述之一連串測量處理而晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)所移動之範圍之測量站300內之範 圍、例如在與曝光站200之前述既定範圍對應之測量站300之範圍)移動時,測量晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之六自由度方向之位置資訊;以及第2頂側編碼器系統80B,具有設於主支架BD之讀頭部62F、62E,從讀頭部62F、62E對設於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)上之一對標尺391,392(二維光柵)照射測量光束,接收該測量光束之來自標尺391,392(二維光柵)之返回光(反射繞射光),在晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)在測量站300內之上述既定範圍移動時,能與第2背側編碼器系統70B之前述位置資訊之測量並行地測量晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之六自由度方向之位置資訊。接著,在前述之切換部150B被設定於第1模式之情形,主控制裝置20在晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)移動於測量站300內之上述既定範圍時,例如在對準時,係根據第2背側編碼器系統70B之位置資訊及第2頂側編碼器系統80B之位置資訊中可靠性較高者之位置資訊伺服驅動晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)。 Further, the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment includes the second back side encoder system 70B. When the wafer stage WST1 (or WST2) is located at the measurement station 300, the measurement is held by the coarse movement stage WCS so as to be movable to six. The second micro-motion stage position measuring system 110B of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) in the direction of freedom, that is, the position of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the micro-motion stage WFS, is disposed on the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) from below. The grating RG of the back side (the side of the -Z side) illuminates the measuring beam, and receives the returning light (reflected diffracted light) from the grating RG of the measuring beam at a predetermined range of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) within the measuring station 300. (At least including the range within the measurement station 300 in which the range of movement of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) is performed in order to perform one of the aforementioned series of measurement processes Measuring the position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) when moving, for example, in the range of the measurement station 300 corresponding to the aforementioned predetermined range of the exposure station 200; and the second top-side encoder system 80B Having a read head 62F, 62E provided on the main holder BD, and irradiating a measuring beam from a pair of scales 391, 392 (two-dimensional grating) provided on the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) from the read heads 62F, 62E, and receiving the measurement beam The return light (reflected diffracted light) from the scale 391, 392 (two-dimensional grating) of the measuring beam can be combined with the second back side encoder system when the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) moves within the above-described predetermined range within the measuring station 300 The measurement of the aforementioned position information of 70B measures the position information of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) in parallel. Next, when the switching unit 150B is set to the first mode, the main control unit 20 moves the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) within the predetermined range in the measurement station 300, for example, at the time of alignment. The position information of the back side encoder system 70B and the position information of the second top side encoder system 80B are the servo information driving the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2).

再者,由於卸載位置UP1設定於曝光位置與對準位置之間、更具體而言,設定於保持曝光完畢之晶圓W之晶圓載台WST1或WST2沿其移動路徑被往-Y方向驅動後被驅動於X軸方向之位置,因此能在晶圓之曝光結束後之短時間後將曝光完畢之晶圓從晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)上卸載後,返回至裝載位置LP。又,在曝光結束後,對測量台MTB移交液浸區域14(液體Lq)後,晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)係在不接觸液體之情形下往卸載位置UP1返回、進而返回至裝載位置LP。因此,能以高速且高加速進行此時之晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之移動。再者,裝載位置LP設定於進行對準檢測系ALG之BCHK前半之處理之位置,因此能與晶圓對晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)上之裝載之至少一部分並行地或裝載後立即開始包含對準檢測系 ALG之BCHK前半之處理之一連串測量處理。又,此測量處理,由於係在液體不接觸於晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之情況下進行,因此能一邊高速且高加速使晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)移動、一邊進行。 Furthermore, since the unloading position UP1 is set between the exposure position and the alignment position, more specifically, after the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 holding the exposed wafer W is driven in the -Y direction along the movement path thereof Since it is driven in the X-axis direction, the exposed wafer can be unloaded from the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) after a short time after the exposure of the wafer is completed, and then returned to the loading position LP. Further, after the exposure is completed, after the measurement table MTB is handed over to the liquid immersion area 14 (liquid Lq), the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) returns to the unloading position UP1 without returning to the liquid, and returns to the loading position LP. . Therefore, the movement of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) at this time can be performed with high speed and high acceleration. Furthermore, the loading position LP is set at the position where the first half of the BCHK of the alignment detecting system ALG is processed, so that it can be included in parallel with or at least after loading of the wafer on the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2). Alignment detection system ALG's first half of BCHK's processing is a series of measurement processing. Further, since the measurement process is performed without the liquid contacting the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2), the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) can be moved while moving at a high speed and high acceleration.

再者,晶圓W上之複數個照射區域之曝光順序,由於係在從-X側半部(或+X側半部)之+Y側依序往-Y側之照射區域進行曝光後,從+X側半部(或-X側半部)之-Y側依序往+Y側之照射區域進行曝光,因此在曝光結束之時點,晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)會位於最接近卸載位置UP1之位置。因此,在曝光結束後,能在最短時間進行晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)往卸載位置UP1之移動。 Further, the exposure order of the plurality of irradiation regions on the wafer W is performed by exposing the irradiation region from the +Y side of the -X side half (or the +X side half) to the -Y side. Exposure is performed from the -Y side of the +X side half (or -X side half) to the +Y side of the illuminated area, so at the end of the exposure, the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) will be located closest to the unloading Location UP1 location. Therefore, after the exposure is completed, the movement of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2) to the unloading position UP1 can be performed in the shortest time.

由以上說明可清楚得知,根據本實施形態之曝光裝置100,可根據高精度之對準結果及聚焦映射之結果,以步進掃描方式重疊精度良好地進行對晶圓W之液浸曝光之高解像度之曝光。又,曝光對象之晶圓W即使係例如450mm晶圓等,亦能維持高產能。具體而言,曝光裝置100能將對450mm晶圓之曝光處理,以與前述之美國發明專利申請公開第2008/0088843號說明書等揭示之液浸掃描器對300mm晶圓之曝光處理同等或其以上之高產能來實現。 As apparent from the above description, according to the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment, the immersion exposure of the wafer W can be performed with high precision by the step-and-scan method based on the result of the alignment with high precision and the result of the focus map. High resolution exposure. Further, the wafer W to be exposed can maintain high productivity even when it is, for example, a 450 mm wafer. Specifically, the exposure apparatus 100 can perform the exposure processing on the 450 mm wafer, which is equivalent to or above the exposure processing of the 300 mm wafer disclosed in the above-mentioned U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0088843. High capacity to achieve.

此外,上述實施形態中,作為併用第1背側編碼器系統70A與第1頂側編碼器系統80A,使用兩者之測量資訊中可靠性較高者之測量資訊控制在曝光站200之晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)之位置之一例,雖說明了在θx、θy、以及θz方向使用第1頂側編碼器系統80A之測量資訊,在剩餘之X軸、Y軸、以及Z軸方向係使用第1背側編碼器系統70A之測量資訊,但這此僅為一例。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A are used, and the measurement information of the higher reliability is used to control the wafer at the exposure station 200. An example of the position of the WTB1 (or WTB2) is described using the measurement information of the first top-side encoder system 80A in the θx, θy, and θz directions, and is used in the remaining X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions. The measurement information of the first back side encoder system 70A, but this is only an example.

例如,在對應450mm之曝光裝置,從晶圓台之大小來考量,由於第1背側編碼器系統70A之測量臂71A(臂構件711)為懸臂支承構造且其長度為500mm或其以上,因此例如在100Hz~400Hz左右之頻帶之暗振動(機體之振動)之影響會變大。相對於此,第1頂側編碼器系統80A,則可想見機體之振動導致之影響小,除了極低頻帶以外,測量誤差較小。因此,著眼於此點,亦可在輸出訊號之頻帶中選擇性地使用第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A之測量資訊中可靠性較高者之測量資訊。此情形下,例如亦能使用具有相同截止頻率之低通濾波器及高通濾波器來選擇性地使用(切換)第1背側編碼器系統70A與第1頂側編碼器系統80A之輸出,但不限於此,例如亦可不使用濾波器而使用對頂側編碼器系統之輸出訊號與背側編碼器系統之輸出訊號賦予權重而加算後之併合位置訊號。又,亦可依據振動以外之要因區分使用頂側編碼器系統與背側編碼器系統、或將兩者併用。此外,針對伴隨晶圓台WTB1(或WTB2)移動之既定動作,當明顯是第1背側編碼器系統70A或第1頂側編碼器系統80A之測量資訊(位置資訊)可靠性較高之情形,亦可在其動作之間將該可靠性較高者之位置資訊用於晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之位置控制。例如,在第1微動載台位置測量系統110A,例如在掃描曝光中亦可僅使用背側編碼器系統70A。 For example, in the exposure apparatus corresponding to 450 mm, the measurement arm 71A (arm member 711) of the first back side encoder system 70A has a cantilever support structure and has a length of 500 mm or more, since the size of the wafer stage is considered. For example, the influence of dark vibration (vibration of the body) in a frequency band of about 100 Hz to 400 Hz becomes large. On the other hand, in the first top side encoder system 80A, it is conceivable that the influence of the vibration of the body is small, and the measurement error is small except for the extremely low frequency band. Therefore, in view of this, the measurement information of the higher reliability of the measurement information of the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A can be selectively used in the frequency band of the output signal. In this case, for example, a low pass filter having the same cutoff frequency and a high pass filter can be used to selectively switch (switch) the outputs of the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A, but The present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the combined output signal of the top side encoder system and the output signal of the back side encoder system may be used without adding a filter to add the combined position signal. Further, the top side encoder system and the back side encoder system may be used depending on the factors other than vibration, or both may be used in combination. Further, for the predetermined action accompanying the movement of the wafer table WTB1 (or WTB2), it is apparent that the measurement information (position information) of the first back side encoder system 70A or the first top side encoder system 80A is highly reliable. The location information of the more reliable one can also be used for position control of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 between its actions. For example, in the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A, for example, in the scanning exposure, only the back side encoder system 70A may be used.

不論係何者,根據本實施形態,由於能藉由第1背側編碼器系統70A與第1頂側編碼器系統80A進行並行之晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之位置測量,因此能進行一方之編碼器系統之單獨使用、兩者之系統併用等因應兩者之優點、缺點之各種使用方法。 In any case, according to the present embodiment, since the position measurement of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 in parallel can be performed by the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A, one encoder can be realized. The use of the system alone, the use of the two systems, etc., in accordance with the advantages and disadvantages of the two methods of use.

又,上述實施形態中,在第2微動載台位置測量系統110B 中,選擇第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器系統80B之測量資訊(位置資訊)中可靠性較高者之位置資訊之方法能採用與上述相同之方法。 Further, in the above embodiment, the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B In the method of selecting the position information of the higher reliability among the measurement information (position information) of the second back side encoder system 70B and the second top side encoder system 80B, the same method as described above can be employed.

又,上述實施形態中,雖說明了第1微動載台位置測量系統110A除了第1背側編碼器系統70A以外還具備第1頂側編碼器系統80A,但不限於此,測量在曝光站200之晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之位置之測量系統,亦可係僅第1背側編碼器系統70A,亦可取代第1頂側編碼器系統80A而將其他構成之編碼器系統或干涉儀系統等與第1背側編碼器系統70A組合使用。在僅使用第1背側編碼器系統70A之情形,最好係進行為了確保第1背側編碼器系統70A之座標系之θx、θy、以及θz方向或六自由度方向之長期穩定性而所需之校準。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A includes the first top side encoder system 80A in addition to the first back side encoder system 70A. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the measurement is performed at the exposure station 200. The measurement system for the position of the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 may be only the first back side encoder system 70A, or the first top side encoder system 80A may be used instead of the other encoder system or interferometer system. Used in combination with the first back side encoder system 70A. In the case where only the first back side encoder system 70A is used, it is preferable to perform long-term stability in the θx, θy, and θz directions or the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the coordinate system of the first back side encoder system 70A. Calibration required.

又,上述實施形態中,雖說明了第2微動載台位置測量系統110B具備第2背側編碼器系統70B與第2頂側編碼器系統80B,但不限於此,測量在測量站300之晶圓台WTB1或WTB2之位置之測量系統,亦可僅係第2背側編碼器系統70B,亦可取代第2頂側編碼器系統80B而將其他構成之編碼器系統或干涉儀系統等與第2背側編碼器系統70B組合使用。在僅使用第2背側編碼器系統70B之情形,最好係進行為了確保第2背側編碼器系統70B之座標系之θx、θy、以及θz方向或六自由度方向之長期穩定性而所需之校準。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B includes the second back side encoder system 70B and the second top side encoder system 80B. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the measurement is performed at the measuring station 300. The measurement system of the position of the wrestling table WTB1 or WTB2 may be only the second back side encoder system 70B, or the second top side encoder system 80B may be used instead of the other encoder system or interferometer system. The back side encoder system 70B is used in combination. In the case where only the second back side encoder system 70B is used, it is preferable to perform long-term stability in the θx, θy, and θz directions or the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the coordinate system of the second back side encoder system 70B. Calibration required.

又,上述實施形態中,雖曝光座標組用測量系統34及測量座標組用測量系統35分別具備Z感測器與檢測晶圓台上之標記之X,Y二維方向位置之一對影像感測器,但不限於此,亦可取代影像感測器,設置能測量晶圓台之XY二維方向之絕對位置之絕對編碼器。 Further, in the above embodiment, the exposure coordinate group measurement system 34 and the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35 respectively have a sense of image in the X, Y two-dimensional position of the Z sensor and the mark on the inspection wafer table. The detector, but not limited to this, can also replace the image sensor and set an absolute encoder that can measure the absolute position of the XY two-dimensional direction of the wafer table.

又,上述實施形態中,雖卸載位置UP1設定於曝光站200與測量站300之間,但不限於此,亦可如其次之變形例之曝光裝置般,將卸載位置設定於裝載位置LP近旁。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the unloading position UP1 is set between the exposure station 200 and the measurement station 300. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the unloading position may be set near the loading position LP as in the exposure apparatus of the second modified example.

《變形例》圖21係顯示變形例之曝光裝置之並行處理動作一瞬間之狀態。此圖21對應於前述之實施形態之圖14之狀態。從此圖21可知,此變形例之曝光裝置中,卸載位置UP與裝載位置LP設定於測量臂之近旁。更具體而言,以前述之實施形態之曝光裝置之裝載位置LP為基準,裝載位置LP設定於往+X側分離既定距離之位置,卸載位置UP設定於往-X側分離既定距離之位置。又,未設有如前述之待機位置UP2、UP3之晶圓之待機位置。又,本變形例之曝光裝置中,測量座標組用測量系統35(影像感測器36c、36d及Z感測器38d~38f)配置於讀頭部62F,62E之+Y側。其他部分之構成等與前述之實施形態之曝光裝置100相同。 <<Modification>> FIG. 21 is a view showing a state in which the parallel processing operation of the exposure apparatus according to the modification is instantaneous. This Fig. 21 corresponds to the state of Fig. 14 of the above-described embodiment. As can be seen from Fig. 21, in the exposure apparatus of this modification, the unloading position UP and the loading position LP are set in the vicinity of the measuring arm. More specifically, based on the loading position LP of the exposure apparatus according to the above-described embodiment, the loading position LP is set at a position separated by a predetermined distance from the +X side, and the unloading position UP is set at a position separated from the -X side by a predetermined distance. Further, the standby position of the wafers of the standby positions UP2 and UP3 as described above is not provided. Further, in the exposure apparatus of the present modification, the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35 (the image sensors 36c and 36d and the Z sensors 38d to 38f) are disposed on the +Y side of the read heads 62F and 62E. The configuration of the other portions is the same as that of the exposure apparatus 100 of the above-described embodiment.

此處,根據圖21~圖24,說明此變形例之曝光裝置中、使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之一連串並行處理動作中包含晶圓交換動作之一部分動作。 Here, a part of the wafer exchange operation including one of the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST in the parallel processing operation of the exposure apparatus according to the modification will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 to 24.

以與前述之實施形態相同之順序,進行使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2與測量載台MST之並行處理,在晶圓載台WST2到達圖21所示之位置之時點,主控制裝置20將用於晶圓台WTB2(晶圓載台WST2)位置控制之位置測量系統與前述同樣地從測量系統80D暫時切換為第3微動載台位置測量系統110C。其後,晶圓台WTB2之位置控制,係根據第3微動載台位置測量系統110C之測量值進行。又,在晶圓載台WST2移動至圖21所示之位置之狀態下,晶圓台WTB2為了進行液浸區域之移交而成為 在Y軸方向對測量台MTB接觸或接近之狀態(並列狀態)。 The parallel processing using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST is performed in the same order as the above-described embodiment, and the main control unit 20 is used for the crystal when the wafer stage WST2 reaches the position shown in FIG. The position measuring system for the position control of the round table WTB2 (wafer stage WST2) is temporarily switched from the measurement system 80D to the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C in the same manner as described above. Thereafter, the position control of the wafer table WTB2 is performed based on the measured value of the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C. Further, in a state where the wafer stage WST2 is moved to the position shown in FIG. 21, the wafer table WTB2 becomes a transfer of the liquid immersion area. A state in which the measurement table MTB is in contact with or close to the Y-axis direction (parallel state).

其次,主控制裝置20在維持晶圓台WTB2與測量台MTB之接觸或接近之狀態下,如圖21中分別以兩個向上白箭頭所示,將晶圓載台WST2與測量載台MST往+Y方向驅動。藉此,形成於投影單元PU下之液浸區域14(液體Lq)從測量台MTB上移動(被移交)至晶圓台WTB2上,藉由投影光學系統PL與晶圓台WTB2保持液浸區域14(液體Lq)(參照圖23)。 Next, in the state where the main control device 20 maintains the contact or proximity of the wafer table WTB2 and the measurement table MTB, as shown in FIG. 21, the wafer stage WST2 and the measurement stage MST are respectively + as indicated by two upward white arrows. Drive in the Y direction. Thereby, the liquid immersion area 14 (liquid Lq) formed under the projection unit PU is moved (transferred) from the measuring table MTB to the wafer table WTB2, and the liquid immersion area is maintained by the projection optical system PL and the wafer table WTB2. 14 (liquid Lq) (refer to Fig. 23).

在上述之液浸區域14之移交結束之時點,係成為測量臂71A插入晶圓載台WST2之空間部內,晶圓台WTB2之背面(光柵RG)對向於測量臂71A之讀頭73a~73c,且讀頭部62A、62C對向於標尺391,392之狀態(參照圖23)。亦即,晶圓台WTB2之位置亦能藉由第3微動載台位置測量系統110C與第1微動載台位置測量系統110A來測量。因此,主控制裝置20係與前述同樣地根據以第3微動載台位置測量系統110C測量之晶圓台WTB2之六自由度方向之位置座標將第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A之原點回歸。以此方式,進行管理在曝光站200內移動之晶圓台WTB2之位置之曝光時座標系之回歸。 When the transfer of the liquid immersion area 14 is completed, the measurement arm 71A is inserted into the space portion of the wafer stage WST2, and the back surface (grating RG) of the wafer table WTB2 is opposed to the read heads 73a to 73c of the measurement arm 71A. The read heads 62A and 62C are opposed to the scales 391 and 392 (see FIG. 23). That is, the position of the wafer table WTB2 can also be measured by the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C and the first fine movement stage position measuring system 110A. Therefore, the main control device 20 sets the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side based on the position coordinates of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB2 measured by the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C in the same manner as described above. Origin return of encoder system 80A. In this manner, the regression of the coordinate system at the time of exposure of the position of the wafer table WTB2 moving within the exposure station 200 is performed.

主控制裝置20,在上述之曝光時座標系之回歸後,根據第1背側編碼器系統70A及第1頂側編碼器系統80A中可靠性較高者之位置資訊管理晶圓台WTB2之位置。 The main control device 20 manages the position of the wafer table WTB2 based on the position information of the higher reliability of the first back side encoder system 70A and the first top side encoder system 80A after the regression of the above-described exposure coordinate system. .

與上述之為了移交液浸區域14之晶圓載台WST2與測量載台MST之+Y方向之驅動並行地,主控制裝置20將晶圓載台WST1如圖21中向下白箭頭所示往卸載位置UP(及裝載位置LP)驅動。在此驅動之途中,變得無法以測量系統80D測量晶圓載台WST1(晶圓台WTB1)之位置。 因此,在晶圓載台WST1從測量系統80D之測量範圍脫離前、例如在晶圓載台WST1到達圖22所示之位置之時點,主控制裝置20將用於晶圓台WTB1(晶圓載台WST1)位置控制之位置測量系統從前述之測量系統80D切換為第2微動載台位置測量系統110B。亦即,在晶圓載台WST1到達圖22所示之位置之時點,測量臂71B插入晶圓載台WST1之空間部內,晶圓台WTB1之背面(光柵RG)對向於測量臂71B之讀頭75a~75c,且讀頭部62F、62E對向於標尺391,392。又,此時,能進行測量座標組用測量系統35對晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之絕對位置之測量。因此,主控制裝置20使用測量座標組用測量系統35與第2微動載台位置測量系統110B進行晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之位置之同時測量。接著,與前述同樣地,主控制裝置20根據以測量座標組用測量系統35測量之晶圓台WTB1之絕對位置再度設定第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器系統80B之測量值,來將第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器系統80B之原點回歸。以此方式,進行管理在測量站300內移動之晶圓台WTB1之位置之測量時座標系之回歸。 In parallel with the above-described driving of the wafer stage WST2 for handing over the liquid immersion area 14 and the +Y direction of the measurement stage MST, the main control unit 20 moves the wafer stage WST1 to the unloading position as indicated by the downward white arrow in FIG. UP (and load position LP) drive. During the drive, it becomes impossible to measure the position of the wafer stage WST1 (wafer table WTB1) by the measurement system 80D. Therefore, the main control device 20 will be used for the wafer table WTB1 (wafer stage WST1) before the wafer stage WST1 is separated from the measurement range of the measurement system 80D, for example, when the wafer stage WST1 reaches the position shown in FIG. The position control position measuring system is switched from the aforementioned measuring system 80D to the second fine moving stage position measuring system 110B. That is, when the wafer stage WST1 reaches the position shown in FIG. 22, the measuring arm 71B is inserted into the space portion of the wafer stage WST1, and the back surface (grating RG) of the wafer table WTB1 is opposed to the reading head 75a of the measuring arm 71B. ~75c, and the read heads 62F, 62E are opposite the scales 391, 392. Further, at this time, it is possible to measure the absolute position of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1 by the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35. Therefore, the main control device 20 uses the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35 and the second fine movement stage position measurement system 110B to simultaneously measure the position of the wafer table WTB1 in the six-degree-of-freedom direction. Next, in the same manner as described above, the main control device 20 sets the second back side encoder system 70B of the second fine movement stage position measuring system 110B again based on the absolute position of the wafer table WTB1 measured by the measurement coordinate group measurement system 35. The measured values of the second top encoder system 80B are used to return the origins of the second back side encoder system 70B and the second top side encoder system 80B. In this way, the regression of the coordinate system for managing the position of the wafer table WTB1 moving within the measurement station 300 is performed.

測量座標組用測量系統35,由於能進行晶圓台WTB1之六自由度方向之絕對位置之測量,因此從上述之測量系統80D對第2微動載台位置測量系統110B之切換、亦即測量時座標系之回歸能在短時間進行。 The measurement coordinate system measurement system 35 can perform the measurement of the absolute position of the six-degree-of-freedom direction of the wafer table WTB1, and thus the switching from the above-described measurement system 80D to the second fine movement stage position measurement system 110B, that is, the measurement The return of the coordinate system can be carried out in a short time.

主控制裝置20,在上述之測量時座標系之回歸後,一邊根據第2背側編碼器系統70B及第2頂側編碼器系統80B中可靠性較高者之位置資訊管理晶圓台WTB1之位置,一邊將晶圓載台WST1如圖22中白箭頭所示往-Y方向且-X方向驅動而定位於卸載位置UP(參照圖23)。 The main control device 20 manages the wafer table WTB1 based on the position information of the higher reliability of the second back side encoder system 70B and the second top side encoder system 80B after the regression of the coordinate system described above. At the position, the wafer stage WST1 is driven in the -Y direction and the -X direction as shown by the white arrow in FIG. 22, and is positioned at the unloading position UP (refer to FIG. 23).

在卸載位置UP,曝光完畢之晶圓W1,係以如下述之順序從晶圓載台WST1上卸載。亦即,解除藉未圖示之真空夾具對晶圓W1之吸附後,上下動銷上升而將晶圓W1從晶圓保持具上持起。接著,由機械臂等未圖示之卸載臂插入晶圓W1與保持具之間,藉由卸載臂上升既定量晶圓W1從上下動銷被移交至卸載臂。接著,藉由卸載臂如圖23中塗黑箭頭所示,搬出至與外部搬送系之移交位置。此情形下,上下動銷為了次一晶圓之裝載而維持已上升既定量之狀態。 At the unloading position UP, the exposed wafer W1 is unloaded from the wafer stage WST1 in the following order. That is, after the suction of the wafer W1 by the vacuum jig (not shown) is released, the upper and lower moving pins are raised to hold the wafer W1 from the wafer holder. Next, an unloading arm (not shown) such as a robot arm is inserted between the wafer W1 and the holder, and the wafer W1 is transferred from the upper and lower moving pins to the unloading arm by the unloading arm. Next, the unloading arm is carried out to the transfer position with the external transport system as indicated by the black arrow in FIG. In this case, the upper and lower moving pins maintain the state of being increased in a certain amount for the loading of the next wafer.

其次,主控制裝置20將晶圓載台WST1如圖24中白箭頭所示往+X方向驅動既定量,而定位於裝載位置LP。在裝載位置LP,新的曝光前之晶圓W3(此處係例舉某批量(一批量為25片或50片)中間的晶圓)以與前述相同之方式被裝載於晶圓台WTB1上。圖24係顯示新的曝光前之晶圓W3被裝載於晶圓台WTB1上之狀態。 Next, the main control unit 20 drives the wafer stage WST1 to the +X direction as shown by the white arrow in FIG. 24, and is positioned at the loading position LP. At the loading position LP, a new pre-exposed wafer W3 (here, a wafer in the middle of a batch (25 or 50 in a batch) is loaded on the wafer table WTB1 in the same manner as described above. . Fig. 24 shows a state in which the wafer W3 before the new exposure is loaded on the wafer table WTB1.

另一方面,與晶圓載台WST1往卸載位置UP之移動、晶圓W1之卸載、晶圓載台WST1往裝載位置LP之移動、以及晶圓W1之裝載並行地,晶圓載台WST2係在維持測量台MTB與晶圓台WTB2之接近或接觸狀態下,如圖23及圖24中以兩個白箭頭分別顯示,往晶圓W2之曝光開始位置、亦即為了第1照射區域之曝光之加速開始位置移動。在此移動前,如圖23所示,在晶圓載台WST2之測量板30位於配置於緊挨投影光學系統PL下方之位置之狀態下,主控制裝置20係視必要停止兩載台WST2,MST,進行BCHK後半之處理及聚焦校準後半之處理。 On the other hand, the wafer stage WST2 is maintained in measurement in parallel with the movement of the wafer stage WST1 to the unloading position UP, the unloading of the wafer W1, the movement of the wafer stage WST1 to the loading position LP, and the loading of the wafer W1. In the state of approaching or contacting the MTB and the wafer table WTB2, as shown in FIG. 23 and FIG. 24, two white arrows are respectively displayed, and the exposure start position of the wafer W2, that is, the acceleration for the exposure of the first irradiation region is started. Position moves. Before this movement, as shown in FIG. 23, in a state where the measuring plate 30 of the wafer stage WST2 is disposed at a position immediately below the projection optical system PL, the main control device 20 stops the two stages WST2, MST as necessary. , the second half of BCHK processing and the second half of the focus calibration.

在以上作業結束後,主控制裝置20使測量載台MST往-X方向且+Y方向驅動,解除兩載台WST,MST接觸或接近之狀態後,開始與 前述相同之晶圓W2之曝光。 After the above operation is completed, the main control device 20 drives the measurement stage MST in the -X direction and the +Y direction, and releases the state in which the two stages WST and MST are in contact or close to each other, and then starts to The exposure of the same wafer W2 described above.

與上述晶圓W2之曝光並行地,主控制裝置20進行一連串測量動作。亦即,主控制裝置20將裝載有晶圓W3之晶圓載台WST1往-X方向驅動既定量,定位於測量板30上之基準標記FM定位於對準檢測系ALG之視野(檢測區域)內之位置。接著,進行對準檢測系ALG之基線測量(BCHK)前半之處理後,主控制裝置20進行聚焦校準前半之處理。其後,進行與上述實施形態相同之聚焦映射及EGA方式之晶圓對準。 In parallel with the exposure of the wafer W2 described above, the main control unit 20 performs a series of measurement operations. That is, the main control device 20 drives the wafer stage WST1 on which the wafer W3 is loaded in the -X direction by a predetermined amount, and the reference mark FM positioned on the measuring board 30 is positioned in the field of view (detection area) of the alignment detecting system ALG. The location. Next, after the first half of the baseline measurement (BCHK) of the alignment detection system ALG, the main control unit 20 performs the first half of the focus calibration. Thereafter, the same focus mapping and EGA pattern wafer alignment as in the above embodiment are performed.

雖詳細說明省略,但其後與前述之實施形態相同之使用晶圓載台WST1、WST2及測量載台MST之並行處理動作係藉由主控制裝置20進行。 Although the detailed description is omitted, the parallel processing operation using the wafer stages WST1, WST2 and the measurement stage MST, which is the same as the above-described embodiment, is performed by the main control unit 20.

以上說明之變形例之曝光裝置中,不論是否使用兩個晶圓載台WST1、WST2,均可不設置待機位置UP2、UP3,且能以單一之機械臂構成晶圓之卸載系。因此,能使特別是晶圓之卸載系構成簡單。此外,變形例之曝光裝置中,亦可將卸載位置與裝載位置設定於相同位置,此情形下,最好係將卸載位置兼裝載位置設定於測量板30上之基準標記FM定位於對準檢測系ALG之視野(檢測區域)內之位置。 In the exposure apparatus according to the modification described above, the standby positions UP2 and UP3 are not provided regardless of whether or not the two wafer stages WST1 and WST2 are used, and the wafer unloading system can be constituted by a single robot arm. Therefore, the unloading system, particularly the wafer, can be made simple. Further, in the exposure apparatus according to the modification, the unloading position and the loading position may be set to the same position. In this case, it is preferable to position the reference mark FM on the measuring board 30 with the unloading position and loading position on the alignment detection. The position within the field of view (detection area) of the ALG.

又,上述實施形態及變形例(以下稱為上述實施形態)中,亦可另外設置測量晶圓載台WST1、WST2分別具備之粗動載台WCS之位置資訊之測量系統及/或測量測量載台MST之滑件部60及支承部62之位置資訊之測量系統、例如干涉儀系統等。此情形下,亦可設置測量粗動載台WCS與微動載台WFS之相對位置資訊之測量系統及/或測量測量載台MST之滑件部60及支承部62與測量台MTB之相對位置資訊之測量系統。 Further, in the above-described embodiments and modifications (hereinafter referred to as the above-described embodiments), a measurement system and/or a measurement measurement stage for measuring position information of the coarse movement stage WCS provided in each of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 may be separately provided. A measurement system for position information of the slider portion 60 and the support portion 62 of the MST, for example, an interferometer system or the like. In this case, a measurement system for measuring relative position information of the coarse movement stage WCS and the fine movement stage WFS and/or a relative position information of the slider unit 60 of the measurement measurement stage MST and the support portion 62 and the measurement station MTB may be provided. Measuring system.

又,上述實施形態中,在曝光站200與測量站300間之區域(中間區域)之晶圓載台WST1或WST2之位置資訊,雖係藉由具有複數個霍爾元件之測量系統80D(參照圖6)來測量,但不限於此,亦可藉由干涉儀系統或編碼器系統構成測量系統80D。或者,與測量系統80D另外地、例如與頂側編碼器系統80A或第3微動載台位置測量系統110C等同樣地設置中間區域位置測量用編碼器系統,其具有設於晶圓載台WST1、WST2外部之複數個讀頭,在晶圓載台WST1或WST2位於前述中間區域時,透過前述複數個讀頭對晶圓台WTB1、WTB2上之標尺391,392介由前述複數個讀頭分別照射測量光束,以測量晶圓載台WST1或WST2之位置資訊。此編碼器系統之複數個讀頭,係以涵蓋先前說明之晶圓載台WST1、WST2之中間區域之移動路徑之方式配置。此情形下,主控制裝置20為了將晶圓載台WST1或WST2從前述中間區域移動至曝光站200或測量站300,亦可根據以測量系統80D測量之晶圓載台WST1或WST2之位置資訊與以上述中間區域位置測量用編碼器系統測量之晶圓載台WST1或WST2之位置資訊,控制粗動載台驅動系統51A、51B對晶圓載台WST1或WST2之驅動。 Further, in the above embodiment, the position information of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 in the region (intermediate region) between the exposure station 200 and the measurement station 300 is measured by a measurement system 80D having a plurality of Hall elements (refer to the figure). 6) To measure, but is not limited thereto, the measurement system 80D may also be constructed by an interferometer system or an encoder system. Alternatively, an intermediate area position measuring encoder system having the wafer stage WST1 and WST2 is provided in the same manner as the measurement system 80D, for example, the top side encoder system 80A or the third fine movement stage position measuring system 110C. a plurality of external read heads, wherein when the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 is located in the intermediate area, the plurality of read heads respectively illuminate the measuring beam through the plurality of reading heads 391, 392 on the wafer table WTB1, WTB2 Measure the position information of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2. The plurality of read heads of the encoder system are configured in such a manner as to cover the movement path of the intermediate portion of the wafer stages WST1, WST2 previously described. In this case, in order to move the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 from the intermediate area to the exposure station 200 or the measurement station 300, the main control unit 20 may also use the position information of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 measured by the measurement system 80D. The position information of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 measured by the encoder system for the intermediate area position measurement controls the driving of the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 by the coarse stage driving systems 51A, 51B.

又,上述實施形態中,雖說明了第1、第2背側編碼器系統70A,70B具備測量臂71A,71B(分別具有內藏有僅編碼器讀頭之光學系統至少一部分之臂構件711、712),但不限於此,例如作為測量臂,只要能從對向於光柵RG之部分照射測量光束,則例如亦可於臂構件之前端部內藏光源或光檢測器等。此情形下,無需使光纖通過臂構件內部。再者,臂構件其外形及剖面則非所問,或亦可於其自由端設有抑制特定振動數之阻尼構件。又,第1、第2背側編碼器系統70A,70B在於臂構件711、712未設有 光源及/或檢測器之情形,亦可不利用臂構件711、712之內部。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the first and second back side encoder systems 70A and 70B are provided with measurement arms 71A and 71B (each having an arm member 711 having at least a part of an optical system including only an encoder read head, 712), but not limited thereto, for example, as the measuring arm, as long as the measuring beam can be irradiated from the portion opposite to the grating RG, for example, a light source, a photodetector or the like may be incorporated in the front end portion of the arm member. In this case, it is not necessary to pass the optical fiber through the inside of the arm member. Furthermore, the shape and cross section of the arm member are not required, or a damping member for suppressing a specific number of vibrations may be provided at the free end thereof. Further, the first and second back side encoder systems 70A, 70B are not provided with the arm members 711, 712. In the case of a light source and/or detector, the interior of the arm members 711, 712 may not be utilized.

又,上述實施形態中,雖例示了第1、第2背側編碼器系統70A,70B分別具備一個三維讀頭、XZ讀頭及YZ讀頭之情形,但當然讀頭之組合配置不限於此。又,第1、第2背側編碼器系統70A,70B亦可採用與X讀頭及/或Y讀頭另外具備Z讀頭之讀頭部(光學系統)。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the first and second back side encoder systems 70A and 70B each include a three-dimensional read head, an XZ read head, and a YZ read head. However, the combined arrangement of the read heads is not limited thereto. . Further, the first and second back side encoder systems 70A and 70B may be a read head (optical system) having a Z read head in addition to the X read head and/or the Y read head.

上述實施形態中,由於於微動載台WFS之下面(背面)配置有光柵RG,因此亦可使微動載台WFS為中空構造以圖輕量化,且於其內部配置配管、配線等。其理由在於,由於從編碼器讀頭照射之測量光束不在微動載台WFS內部行進,因此無需採用光能透射微動載台WFS之中實構件。然而,並不限於此,當採用光能透射微動載台WFS之中實構件時,亦可於微動載台之上面、亦即對向於晶圓之面配置光柵,光柵亦可形成於保持晶圓之晶圓保持具。後者之情形,即使係曝光中晶圓保持具膨脹或對微動載台之裝著位置偏離,亦能追隨此來測量晶圓保持具(晶圓)之位置。 In the above-described embodiment, since the grating RG is disposed on the lower surface (back surface) of the fine movement stage WFS, the fine movement stage WFS can be made lightweight, and piping, wiring, and the like can be disposed inside the fine movement stage WFS. The reason is that since the measuring beam irradiated from the encoder read head does not travel inside the fine movement stage WFS, it is not necessary to use the light energy transmission solid member in the fine movement stage WFS. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. When a light component is used to transmit a solid component in the micro-motion stage WFS, a grating may be disposed on the surface of the micro-motion stage, that is, on the surface opposite to the wafer, and the grating may be formed on the crystal. Round wafer holder. In the latter case, even if the wafer holder is inflated during exposure or the position of the micro-motion stage is deviated, the position of the wafer holder (wafer) can be measured.

又,上述實施形態中之第1至第3頂側編碼器系統80A~80C之構成不限於在上述實施形態所說明者。例如,第1至第3頂側編碼器系統80A~80C之至少一部分亦可採用例如美國發明專利申請公開第2006/0227309號說明書等所揭示,於晶圓台WTB設置複數個編碼器讀頭部(各編碼器讀頭部例如能與前述之四軸讀頭同樣地構成),與此對向地於晶圓台WTB之外部配置格子部(例如二維格子或配置成二維之一維格子部)之構成之編碼器系統。此情形下,複數個編碼器讀頭亦可分別配置於晶圓台WTB之四角(corner),或者於晶圓台WTB外側且在其中心(晶圓保持具之中心)交叉之兩條對角線上隔著晶圓台WTB分別配置一對編碼器讀頭部。又,格子 部例如亦可將分別形成二維格子之四個格子板安裝於一個固定構件(板件等),且以該四個格子板配置於投影光學系統PL(或嘴單元32)周圍之方式藉由包含固定具之支承構件將固定構件懸吊支承於主支架BD。 Further, the configurations of the first to third top side encoder systems 80A to 80C in the above embodiment are not limited to those described in the above embodiments. For example, at least a portion of the first to third top-side encoder systems 80A-80C can also be disclosed in a plurality of encoder read heads on the wafer table WTB, as disclosed in, for example, the specification of the US Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0227309. (Each encoder read head can be configured in the same manner as the above-described four-axis read head, for example), and a lattice portion (for example, a two-dimensional grid or a two-dimensional one-dimensional grid) is disposed opposite to the wafer table WTB. The encoder system of the department). In this case, a plurality of encoder read heads may also be respectively disposed at the corners of the wafer table WTB, or at the opposite corners of the wafer table WTB and at the center (the center of the wafer holder). A pair of encoder read heads are respectively arranged on the line via the wafer table WTB. Again, the grid For example, four grid plates each forming a two-dimensional grid may be attached to one fixing member (plate or the like), and the four grid plates may be disposed around the projection optical system PL (or the nozzle unit 32). A support member including a fixture suspends and holds the fixing member to the main bracket BD.

此外,上述實施形態中,各背側編碼器系統之讀頭部之構成等不限於前述者而可為任意。又,各頂側編碼器系統之讀頭配置或數目等可為任意。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the configuration of the read head of each of the back side encoder systems and the like are not limited to the above, and may be arbitrary. Further, the read head configuration or the number of the top side encoder systems may be arbitrary.

此外,亦可藉由變更第3頂側編碼器系統80C之讀頭之配置(位置)或者追加至少一個讀頭,而在前述之並列動作中藉由第3頂側編碼器系統測量80C測量載台MST之位置資訊。 In addition, by changing the arrangement (position) of the read head of the third top side encoder system 80C or by adding at least one read head, the 80C measurement load is measured by the third top side encoder system in the aforementioned parallel operation. Location information of the MST.

此外,上述實施形態中,微動載台WFS雖能驅動於全六自由度方向,但不限於此,只要能移動於平行於XY平面之二維平面內即可。又,微動載台驅動系統52A、52B不限於上述動磁式,亦可係移動線圈式。進而,微動載台WFS亦可被粗動載台WCS接觸支承。因此,將微動載台WFS相對粗動載台WCS驅動之微動載台驅動系統,亦可係例如將旋轉馬達與滾珠螺桿(或進給螺桿)組合而成者。 Further, in the above embodiment, the fine movement stage WFS can be driven in the full six-degree-of-freedom direction, but is not limited thereto, and it is only required to be movable in a two-dimensional plane parallel to the XY plane. Further, the fine movement stage drive systems 52A and 52B are not limited to the above-described dynamic magnetic type, and may be a moving coil type. Further, the fine movement stage WFS may be contact-supported by the coarse movement stage WCS. Therefore, the fine movement stage drive system in which the fine movement stage WFS is driven by the coarse movement stage WCS may be combined with, for example, a rotary motor and a ball screw (or a feed screw).

此外,上述實施形態中,使用測量載台MST之複數個測量用構件(感測器)之測量動作,其全部不需要在從晶圓載台WST1與晶圓載台WST2之一方往另一方之置換中進行,例如亦可在從晶圓載台WST1對晶圓載台WST2之置換中進行複數個測量之一部分,並在從晶圓載台WST2對晶圓載台WST1之置換中進行剩餘之測量。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the measurement operation of the plurality of measurement members (sensors) using the measurement stage MST is not required to be replaced from one of the wafer stage WST1 and the wafer stage WST2 to the other. For example, one of a plurality of measurements may be performed in the replacement of the wafer stage WST2 from the wafer stage WST1, and the remaining measurement may be performed in the replacement of the wafer stage WST1 from the wafer stage WST2.

又,上述實施形態中,測量載台MST亦可不一定要具有前述之各種測量用構件(感測器),亦可單純僅將其用於代替晶圓載台而於投影 光學系統PL下維持液浸區域。此情形下,亦可將前述之各種測量用構件(感測器)之至少一部分設於晶圓載台。 Further, in the above embodiment, the measurement stage MST does not necessarily have to have the above-described various measuring members (sensors), and may simply be used instead of the wafer stage for projection. The liquid immersion area is maintained under the optical system PL. In this case, at least a part of the above-described various measuring members (sensors) may be provided on the wafer stage.

又,上述實施形態中,亦可設置將曝光前之晶圓裝載於晶圓台WTB上前在裝載位置上方加以非接觸支承且裝載於晶圓台WTB1或WTB2上之裝置(亦稱為夾具單元)。夾具單元亦可具備例如貝努里夾具(或亦稱為浮動夾具)來作為從上方以非接觸方式支承晶圓之支承構件。夾具單元(貝努里夾具)例如亦可僅具有搬送功能或除了搬送功能外還具有調溫功能、預對準功能、以及彎曲修正功能(平坦化功能)之至少一個,只要依照附加於夾具單元(貝努里夾具)之功能之種類或數目等決定其構成即可,實現包含搬送功能之四個功能之構成,只要能實現各功能則其構成不限。此外,不限於利用貝努里效果之夾具,亦可使用能以非接觸支承晶圓之夾具。 Further, in the above embodiment, a device (also referred to as a gripper unit) that is non-contactly supported above the loading position and loaded on the wafer table WTB1 or WTB2 before the wafer before exposure is loaded on the wafer table WTB may be provided. ). The jig unit may also be provided with, for example, a Bernoulli jig (or also referred to as a floating jig) as a support member that supports the wafer in a non-contact manner from above. The clamp unit (Benuri clamp) may have, for example, only a transport function or a heat adjustment function, a pre-alignment function, and a bend correction function (flattening function) in addition to the transport function, as long as it is attached to the gripper unit. The type and number of functions of the (Benuri fixture) may be determined by the configuration, and the four functions including the transfer function may be realized, and the configuration may be limited as long as the functions can be realized. Further, it is not limited to a jig that utilizes a Bernoulli effect, and a jig that can support the wafer in a non-contact manner can also be used.

又,上述實施形態中,雖說明了在測量站300與曝光站20之間使分別具備微動載台WFS與支承有該微動載台WFS之粗動載台WCS之晶圓載台WST1與晶圓載台WST2往返移動之構成之情形,但不限於此,亦可附加兩個微動載台在兩個粗動載台之間能替換之構成,並將該兩個微動載台交互在測量站300與曝光站200之間往返移動。或者,亦可使用三個以上之微動載台。能進行對一微動載台WFS上之晶圓之曝光處理與使用另一微動載台WFS之上述之測量處理之並行處理。此情形下,亦可兩個粗動載台之一方僅在曝光站200內移動,兩個粗動載台之另一方僅在測量站300內移動。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the wafer stage WST1 and the wafer stage each having the fine movement stage WFS and the coarse movement stage WCS supporting the fine movement stage WFS are provided between the measurement station 300 and the exposure station 20. The case of the WST2 reciprocating movement, but not limited thereto, it is also possible to add two micro-motion stages to replace the two coarse moving stages, and to interact with the two micro-motion stages at the measuring station 300 and the exposure The station 200 moves back and forth between. Alternatively, more than three fine movement stages can be used. The parallel processing of the exposure processing of the wafer on one micro-motion stage WFS and the above-described measurement processing using another fine movement stage WFS can be performed. In this case, one of the two coarse motion stages can also be moved only within the exposure station 200, and the other of the two coarse motion stages can only move within the measurement station 300.

又,上述實施形態中,雖說明了液浸型曝光裝置的情形,但並不限於此,曝光裝置,亦可係在不介由液體(水)之狀態下進行晶圓W曝 光的乾燥型。此種情形下,主控制裝置20,例如係在保持於一方之晶圓載台(WST1或WST2)之晶圓W之曝光結束後,至該一方之晶圓載台從投影光學系統PL下方離開、開始保持於另一方之晶圓載台(WST2或WST1)之晶圓W之曝光為止之期間,能使用測量台MTB所具有之測量用構件(亦即前述之照度不均感測器95、空間像測量器96、波面像差測量器97及照度監測器98之至少一個),進行與將照明光IL介由投影光學系統PL並介由各測量器之受光面而受光之曝光相關聯之測量、亦即照度不均測量、空間像測量、波面像差測量及劑量測量之至少一個。藉此,能在不使產能降低之情形下視必要進行與曝光相關聯之測量。 Further, in the above embodiment, the case of the liquid immersion type exposure apparatus has been described. However, the exposure apparatus is not limited thereto, and the wafer may be exposed to the liquid without being in contact with the liquid (water). Dry type of light. In this case, the main control device 20 is, for example, after the exposure of the wafer W held on one of the wafer stages (WST1 or WST2) is completed, and the wafer carrier is separated from the lower side of the projection optical system PL. The measurement member (that is, the aforementioned illuminance unevenness sensor 95, spatial image measurement) of the measurement table MTB can be used while being held by the wafer W of the other wafer stage (WST2 or WST1). , at least one of the wavefront aberration measuring device 97 and the illuminance monitor 98, and the measurement associated with the exposure of the illumination light IL through the projection optical system PL and receiving light through the light receiving surface of each measuring device, At least one of illuminance unevenness measurement, spatial image measurement, wavefront aberration measurement, and dose measurement. Thereby, the measurement associated with the exposure can be performed as necessary without reducing the productivity.

又,上述實施形態中,雖說明了曝光裝置係步進掃描方式之情形,但並不限於此,亦能將上述實施形態適用於步進器等靜止型曝光裝置。又,亦能將上述實施形態適用於用以合成照射區域與照射區域之步進接合方式的縮小投影曝光裝置。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the exposure apparatus is a step-and-scan method has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the above-described embodiment can be applied to a static exposure apparatus such as a stepper. Moreover, the above embodiment can also be applied to a reduced projection exposure apparatus for synthesizing a stepwise bonding method of an irradiation area and an irradiation area.

又,上述實施形態之曝光裝置中之投影光學系統並不僅可為縮小系,亦可為等倍及放大系之任一者,投影光學系統PL不僅可為折射系,亦可係反射系及反折射系之任一者,其投影像亦可係倒立像與正立像之任一者。 Further, the projection optical system in the exposure apparatus according to the above embodiment may be not only a reduction system but also an equal magnification and amplification system. The projection optical system PL may be not only a refractive system but also a reflection system and a reflection system. In either of the refraction systems, the projection image may be either an inverted image or an erect image.

又,照明光IL不限於ArF準分子雷射光(波長193nm),亦能使用KrF準分子雷射光(波長248nm)等紫外光、或F2雷射光(波長157nm)等真空紫外光。亦可使用例如美國發明專利第7,023,610號說明書所揭示之諧波,其係以塗布有例如鉺(或鉺及鐿兩者)之光纖放大器,將從DFB半導體雷射或纖維雷射振盪出之紅外線區可見區的單一波長雷射光放大來作為真 空紫外光,並使用非線形光學結晶將其轉換波長成紫外光。 Further, the illumination light IL is not limited to ArF excimer laser light (wavelength: 193 nm), and ultraviolet light such as KrF excimer laser light (wavelength: 248 nm) or vacuum ultraviolet light such as F2 laser light (wavelength: 157 nm) can be used. Harmonics as disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 7,023,610, which is an optical fiber amplifier coated with, for example, yttrium (or both ytterbium and ytterbium), can be used to oscillate infrared rays from DFB semiconductor lasers or fiber lasers. Single-wavelength laser light in the visible region of the region is amplified as true The ultraviolet light is emptied and converted to ultraviolet light using non-linear optical crystallization.

又,上述實施形態中,作為曝光裝置之照明光IL,並不限於波長100nm以上之光,亦可使用波長未滿100nm之光。例如,亦能將上述實施形態適用於使用軟X線區域(例如5~15nm之波長域)之EUV(Extreme Ultra Violet)光之EUV曝光裝置。此外,上述實施形態亦適用於使用電子射線或離子光束等之帶電粒子射線的曝光裝置。 Further, in the above embodiment, the illumination light IL as the exposure device is not limited to light having a wavelength of 100 nm or more, and light having a wavelength of less than 100 nm may be used. For example, the above embodiment can also be applied to an EUV (Extreme Ultra Violet) light EUV exposure apparatus using a soft X-ray region (for example, a wavelength range of 5 to 15 nm). Further, the above embodiment is also applicable to an exposure apparatus using charged particle beams such as an electron beam or an ion beam.

又,上述實施形態中,雖使用於具光透射性之基板上形成既定遮光圖案(或相位圖案,減光圖案)的光透射性光罩(標線片),但亦可使用例如美國發明專利第6,778,257號說明書所揭示之電子光罩來代替此光罩,該電子光罩(亦稱為可變成形光罩、主動光罩、或影像產生器,例如包含非發光型影像顯示元件(空間光調變器)之一種之DMD(Digital Micro-mirror Device)等)係根據欲曝光圖案之電子資料來形成透射圖案、反射圖案、或發光圖案。在使用此種可變成形光罩時,由於搭載晶圓或玻璃板之載台相對可變成形光罩被掃描,因此能藉由使用前述之第1、第2微動載台位置測量系統110A、110B測量此載台之位置,來得到與上述實施形態同等之效果。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, a light-transmitting mask (a reticle) in which a predetermined light-shielding pattern (or a phase pattern, a light-reducing pattern) is formed on a substrate having light transparency is used, but for example, a US invention patent may be used. An optical mask (also referred to as a variable-shaping mask, a active mask, or an image generator, for example, including a non-light-emitting image display element (spatial light) is replaced by an electronic mask disclosed in the specification No. 6,778,257 A DMD (Digital Micro-mirror Device) or the like is a transmission pattern, a reflection pattern, or a light-emitting pattern according to an electronic material of a pattern to be exposed. When such a variable molding mask is used, since the stage on which the wafer or the glass plate is mounted is scanned with respect to the variable shaping mask, the first and second fine movement stage position measuring systems 110A can be used. 110B measures the position of this stage to obtain the same effect as the above embodiment.

又,上述實施形態亦能適用於,例如國際公開第2001/035168號所揭示,藉由將干涉紋形成於晶圓W上、而在晶圓W上形成線與間隔圖案之曝光裝置(微影系統)。 Moreover, the above-described embodiment can also be applied to an exposure apparatus (lithography) in which a line and space pattern is formed on the wafer W by forming an interference pattern on the wafer W, as disclosed in, for example, International Publication No. 2001/035168. system).

進而,例如亦能將上述實施形態適用於例如美國發明專利第6,611,316號所揭示之曝光裝置,其係將兩個標線片圖案透過投影光學系統在晶圓上合成,藉由一次之掃描曝光來對晶圓上之一個照射區域大致同時進行雙重曝光。 Further, for example, the above-described embodiment can be applied to, for example, an exposure apparatus disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,611,316, in which two reticle patterns are synthesized on a wafer through a projection optical system, by one scanning exposure. A double exposure is performed on substantially one of the illumination areas on the wafer.

又,上述實施形態中待形成圖案之物體(能量束所照射之曝光對象的物體)並不限於晶圓,亦可係玻璃板、陶瓷基板、膜構件、或者光罩基板等其他物體。 Further, in the above embodiment, the object to be patterned (the object to be exposed by the energy beam) is not limited to the wafer, and may be another object such as a glass plate, a ceramic substrate, a film member, or a mask substrate.

曝光裝置用途並不限定於半導體製造用之曝光裝置,亦可廣泛適用於例如用來製造將液晶顯示元件圖案轉印於方型玻璃板之液晶用曝光裝置,或製造有機EL、薄膜磁頭、攝影元件(CCD等)、微型機器及DNA晶片等的曝光裝置。又,除了製造半導體元件等微型元件以外,為了製造用於光曝光裝置、EUV(極遠紫外線)曝光裝置、X射線曝光裝置及電子射線曝光裝置等的標線片或光罩,亦能將上述實施形態適用於用以將電路圖案轉印至玻璃基板或矽晶圓等之曝光裝置。 The use of the exposure apparatus is not limited to the exposure apparatus for semiconductor manufacturing, and can be widely applied, for example, to an exposure apparatus for liquid crystal for transferring a liquid crystal display element pattern to a square glass plate, or for manufacturing an organic EL, a thin film magnetic head, and photography. An exposure device such as a component (CCD or the like), a micromachine, or a DNA wafer. Further, in addition to manufacturing a micro component such as a semiconductor element, in order to manufacture a reticle or a photomask for a photo-exposure device, an EUV (extreme ultraviolet ray) exposure device, an X-ray exposure device, an electron ray exposure device, or the like, the above-described The embodiment is applied to an exposure apparatus for transferring a circuit pattern to a glass substrate, a germanium wafer or the like.

半導體元件等電子元件,係經由進行元件之功能、性能設計之步驟,根據此設計步驟製作標線片之步驟,從矽材料製作晶圓之步驟,使用前述之實施形態之曝光裝置(圖案形成裝置)及其曝光方法將形成於光罩(標線片)之圖案轉印至晶圓之微影步驟,將曝光後晶圓加以顯影之顯影步驟,將殘存光阻之部分以外部分之露出構件以蝕刻加以去除之蝕刻步驟,去除經蝕刻後不要之光阻之光阻除去步驟,元件組裝步驟(含切割步驟、接合步驟、封裝步驟)、及檢査步驟等加以製造。此場合,由於係於微影製程,使用上述實施形態之曝光裝置實施前述曝光方法於晶圓上形成元件圖案,因此能以良好之生產性製造高積體度之元件。 An electronic component such as a semiconductor component is a step of fabricating a reticle according to the design step by performing a function of the function and performance of the component, and using the exposure device (pattern forming device of the above embodiment) in the step of fabricating a wafer from the bismuth material And an exposure method thereof, the step of transferring the pattern formed on the mask (the reticle) to the lithography of the wafer, and the developing step of developing the exposed wafer to remove the exposed portion of the portion other than the remaining photoresist The etching step of etching is removed, the photoresist removal step of removing the photoresist after etching is removed, the component assembly step (including the cutting step, the bonding step, the packaging step), and the inspection step are performed. In this case, since the element pattern is formed on the wafer by performing the above-described exposure method by the exposure apparatus of the above-described embodiment in the lithography process, it is possible to manufacture a high-complexity element with good productivity.

又,上述實施形態的曝光裝置(圖案形成裝置),係藉由組裝各種次系統(包含本案申請範圍中所列舉的各構成要素),以能保持既定之機械精度、電氣精度、光學精度之方式所製造。為確保此等各種精度,於組 裝前後,係進行對各種光學系統統進行用以達成光學精度之調整、對各種機械系統進行用以達成機械精度之調整、對各種電氣系統進行用以達成電氣精度之調整。從各種次系統至曝光裝置之組裝製程,係包含機械連接、電路之配線連接、氣壓迴路之配管連接等。當然,從各種次系統至曝光裝置之組裝製程前,係有各次系統個別之組裝製程。當各種次系統至曝光裝置之組裝製程結束後,即進行綜合調整,以確保曝光裝置全體之各種精度。此外,曝光裝置之製造最好是在溫度及清潔度等皆受到管理之潔淨室進行。 Further, the exposure apparatus (pattern forming apparatus) of the above-described embodiment is configured to be capable of maintaining predetermined mechanical precision, electrical precision, and optical precision by assembling various subsystems (including the respective constituent elements listed in the scope of application of the present application). Made. To ensure these various precisions, in the group Before and after the installation, various optical systems are used to achieve optical precision adjustment, various mechanical systems are used to achieve mechanical precision adjustment, and various electrical systems are used to achieve electrical accuracy adjustment. The assembly process from the various subsystems to the exposure device includes mechanical connection, wiring connection of the circuit, and piping connection of the pneumatic circuit. Of course, before the assembly process of various subsystems to the exposure device, there are individual assembly processes for each system. After the assembly process of various subsystems to the exposure apparatus is completed, comprehensive adjustment is performed to ensure various precisions of the entire exposure apparatus. Further, the exposure apparatus is preferably manufactured in a clean room in which temperature and cleanliness are managed.

又,援用與上述說明中所引用之曝光裝置等相關之所有國際公開公報、美國發明專利申請公開說明書及美國發明專利說明書之揭示作為本說明書記載之一部分。 Further, the disclosures of all the international publications, the US patent application publications, and the US invention patent specification relating to the exposure apparatus and the like cited in the above description are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (6)

一種移動物體之移動體裝置,其具備:懸臂支承構造之測量構件;移動構件,具有前述物體之保持部與可供前述測量構件插入其內部之空間部;測量系統,透過設於前述量測構件與前述移動構件之一方之讀頭部,對設於前述量測構件與前述移動構件之另一方之格子構件照射測量光束,接收前述測量光束之來自前述格子構件之光,測量前述移動構件之位置資訊;及驅動系統,依據前述位置資訊移動前述移動構件,其中,前述測量構件具有固定端部較其自由端部粗的剖面形狀。 A moving body device for a moving object, comprising: a measuring member of a cantilever supporting structure; a moving member having a holding portion of the object and a space portion into which the measuring member can be inserted; and a measuring system transmitting through the measuring member And a reading head of one of the moving members, the grating member disposed on the other of the measuring member and the moving member is irradiated with a measuring beam, and the light from the grating member of the measuring beam is received, and the position of the moving member is measured. And a driving system for moving the moving member according to the position information, wherein the measuring member has a cross-sectional shape in which the fixed end portion is thicker than the free end portion. 如申請專利範圍第1項之移動體裝置,其中,前述測量構件,具有固定端部較設置前述讀頭部或前述格子構件之位置粗的剖面形狀。 The mobile device according to claim 1, wherein the measuring member has a cross-sectional shape in which a fixed end portion is thicker than a position at which the reading head or the lattice member is provided. 如申請專利範圍第1項之移動體裝置,其中,於前述測量構件之自由端安裝有阻尼構件。 A moving body device according to claim 1, wherein a damping member is attached to a free end of the measuring member. 一種曝光裝置,以能量束曝光物體,其具備:申請專利範圍第1至3項中任一項之移動體裝置;及光學系統,對保持在前述移動構件之前述物體照射前述能量束。 An exposure apparatus for exposing an object with an energy beam, comprising: the mobile body device according to any one of claims 1 to 3; and an optical system that illuminates the energy beam to the object held by the moving member. 如申請專利範圍第4項之曝光裝置,其具備:作為第1移動構件之前述移動構件;第2移動構件;第3移動構件;曝光站,具有前述光學系統,進行保持在前述第1移動構件或前述第2移動構件之前述物體的曝光; 測量站,自前述曝光站分離配置,進行對保持在前述第1移動構件或前述第2移動構件之前述物體的既定測量;及測量裝置,保持在前述第3移動構件;其中,前述驅動系統,將前述第1移動構件與前述第2移動構件分別從前述曝光站與前述測量站之一方移動至另一方。 The exposure apparatus of claim 4, comprising: the moving member as the first moving member; the second moving member; the third moving member; and the exposure station having the optical system and holding the first moving member Or exposure of the aforementioned object of the second moving member; The measurement station is disposed apart from the exposure station, and performs predetermined measurement on the object held by the first moving member or the second moving member; and the measuring device is held by the third moving member; wherein the driving system The first moving member and the second moving member are respectively moved from one of the exposure station and the measurement station to the other. 一種元件製造方法,其包含:使用申請專利範圍第4項之曝光裝置使物體曝光之步驟;以及使所曝光後之前述物體顯影之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a component, comprising: a step of exposing an object using an exposure device of claim 4; and a step of developing the exposed object.
TW106119444A 2012-11-12 2012-12-28 Moving body apparatus, exposure apparatus, device manufacturing method TWI628519B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012248374 2012-11-12
JPJP2012-248374 2012-11-12
US13/727,229 US9772564B2 (en) 2012-11-12 2012-12-26 Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US13/727,229 2012-12-26

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201734672A TW201734672A (en) 2017-10-01
TWI628519B true TWI628519B (en) 2018-07-01

Family

ID=50681426

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101150753A TWI624734B (en) 2012-11-12 2012-12-28 Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
TW107116808A TW201832018A (en) 2012-11-12 2012-12-28 Moving body apparatus, exposure apparatus, device manufacturing method
TW106119444A TWI628519B (en) 2012-11-12 2012-12-28 Moving body apparatus, exposure apparatus, device manufacturing method

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101150753A TWI624734B (en) 2012-11-12 2012-12-28 Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
TW107116808A TW201832018A (en) 2012-11-12 2012-12-28 Moving body apparatus, exposure apparatus, device manufacturing method

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US9772564B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2917784A1 (en)
JP (2) JP6423797B2 (en)
CN (2) CN104919371B (en)
HK (2) HK1213642A1 (en)
TW (3) TWI624734B (en)
WO (1) WO2014073120A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6161325B2 (en) * 2013-02-27 2017-07-12 キヤノン株式会社 Absolute encoder
JP6042564B2 (en) * 2013-12-06 2016-12-14 エーファウ・グループ・エー・タルナー・ゲーエムベーハー Apparatus and method for aligning substrates
JP2016050891A (en) * 2014-09-01 2016-04-11 キヤノン株式会社 X-ray imaging apparatus
EP4300194A3 (en) 2015-02-23 2024-04-10 Nikon Corporation Measurement device, lithography system and exposure apparatus, and control method, overlay measurement method and device manufacturing method
KR20230107706A (en) 2015-02-23 2023-07-17 가부시키가이샤 니콘 Measurement device, lithography system and exposure device, and device manufacturing method
CN107278279B (en) 2015-02-23 2020-07-03 株式会社尼康 Substrate processing system, substrate processing method, and device manufacturing method
JP6738542B2 (en) * 2015-03-31 2020-08-12 株式会社ニコン Exposure apparatus, flat panel display manufacturing method, device manufacturing method, and exposure method
JP2018534623A (en) * 2015-11-20 2018-11-22 エーエスエムエル ネザーランズ ビー.ブイ. Imprint device
JP6748482B2 (en) * 2016-05-25 2020-09-02 キヤノン株式会社 Exposure apparatus and method for manufacturing article
US10466599B2 (en) 2016-05-25 2019-11-05 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus
CN109863457A (en) * 2016-08-24 2019-06-07 株式会社尼康 Measuring system and base plate processing system and manufacturing method
CN113608413A (en) * 2016-09-30 2021-11-05 株式会社尼康 Measuring system
NL2020344A (en) * 2017-02-03 2018-08-14 Asml Netherlands Bv Exposure apparatus
JP6925921B2 (en) * 2017-09-26 2021-08-25 株式会社アドテックエンジニアリング Exposure equipment and exposure method
EP3557326A1 (en) * 2018-04-17 2019-10-23 Schneeberger Holding AG Positioning device for positioning an object within a plane in at least two degrees of freedom
CN108802882B (en) * 2018-06-05 2020-10-30 温州豪正实业有限公司 Diffraction grating etching machine
EP3859448A1 (en) * 2020-01-28 2021-08-04 ASML Netherlands B.V. Positioning device and method to use a positioning device
CN114442433A (en) * 2020-11-02 2022-05-06 长鑫存储技术有限公司 Bearing assembly and gluing developing machine

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101685263A (en) * 2004-02-02 2010-03-31 尼康股份有限公司 Stage drive method and stage drive apparatus, exposure apparatus, and device producing method
US20100157276A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, device manufacturing method, and carrier method
US20110164238A1 (en) * 2009-12-02 2011-07-07 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method

Family Cites Families (64)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS57117238A (en) 1981-01-14 1982-07-21 Nippon Kogaku Kk <Nikon> Exposing and baking device for manufacturing integrated circuit with illuminometer
JPS58113706A (en) 1981-12-26 1983-07-06 Nippon Kogaku Kk <Nikon> Detector for horizontal position
US4780617A (en) 1984-08-09 1988-10-25 Nippon Kogaku K.K. Method for successive alignment of chip patterns on a substrate
JPH0365428A (en) 1989-07-31 1991-03-20 Hashimoto Forming Ind Co Ltd Vehicle window and manufacture thereof
US5196745A (en) 1991-08-16 1993-03-23 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Magnetic positioning device
KR100300618B1 (en) 1992-12-25 2001-11-22 오노 시게오 EXPOSURE METHOD, EXPOSURE DEVICE, AND DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD USING THE DEVICE
EP0632568B1 (en) * 1993-06-24 1998-08-26 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Controller for a multiphase motor
JPH07270122A (en) 1994-03-30 1995-10-20 Canon Inc Displacement detection device, aligner provided with said displacement detection device and manufacture of device
JPH1116816A (en) 1997-06-25 1999-01-22 Nikon Corp Projection aligner, method for exposure with the device, and method for manufacturing circuit device using the device
US6897963B1 (en) * 1997-12-18 2005-05-24 Nikon Corporation Stage device and exposure apparatus
IL138374A (en) 1998-03-11 2004-07-25 Nikon Corp Ultraviolet laser apparatus and exposure apparatus comprising the ultraviolet laser apparatus
AU3849199A (en) 1998-05-19 1999-12-06 Nikon Corporation Aberration measuring instrument and measuring method, projection exposure apparatus provided with the instrument and device-manufacturing method using the measuring method, and exposure method
KR100319892B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2002-01-10 윤종용 Method and circuit for latching data line in the data output path of a synchronous semiconductor memory device
WO2001035168A1 (en) 1999-11-10 2001-05-17 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Interference lithography utilizing phase-locked scanning beams
JP2001160530A (en) * 1999-12-01 2001-06-12 Nikon Corp Stage system and exposure device
SG124257A1 (en) 2000-02-25 2006-08-30 Nikon Corp Exposure apparatus and exposure method capable of controlling illumination distribution
US20020041377A1 (en) 2000-04-25 2002-04-11 Nikon Corporation Aerial image measurement method and unit, optical properties measurement method and unit, adjustment method of projection optical system, exposure method and apparatus, making method of exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
EP1364257A1 (en) 2001-02-27 2003-11-26 ASML US, Inc. Simultaneous imaging of two reticles
TW529172B (en) 2001-07-24 2003-04-21 Asml Netherlands Bv Imaging apparatus
JP4415674B2 (en) 2002-01-29 2010-02-17 株式会社ニコン Image forming state adjusting system, exposure method, exposure apparatus, program, and information recording medium
JP3826042B2 (en) 2002-01-30 2006-09-27 キヤノン株式会社 Stage apparatus, semiconductor exposure apparatus and position measuring method using the same
SG139736A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2008-02-29 Nikon Corp Apparatus having an immersion fluid system configured to maintain immersion fluid in a gap adjacent an optical assembly
KR101265450B1 (en) 2003-06-19 2013-05-16 가부시키가이샤 니콘 Exposure device and device producing method
JP2005259738A (en) 2004-03-09 2005-09-22 Canon Inc Positioning device
JP2005317916A (en) * 2004-03-30 2005-11-10 Canon Inc Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP2006038952A (en) 2004-07-22 2006-02-09 Fujinon Corp Camera
EP1794650A4 (en) 2004-09-30 2008-09-10 Nikon Corp Projection optical device and exposure apparatus
US7417714B2 (en) 2004-11-02 2008-08-26 Nikon Corporation Stage assembly with measurement system initialization, vibration compensation, low transmissibility, and lightweight fine stage
JP2011199317A (en) 2004-11-02 2011-10-06 Nikon Corp Stage equipment and exposure device, and method of manufacturing device
US7528931B2 (en) 2004-12-20 2009-05-05 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7515281B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2009-04-07 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP2007010529A (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-18 Nikon Corp Measuring method, measuring apparatus, interferometer system, and exposure apparatus
WO2007083758A1 (en) 2006-01-19 2007-07-26 Nikon Corporation Moving body drive method, moving body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern formation device, exposure method, exposure device, and device fabrication method
JP5195417B2 (en) 2006-02-21 2013-05-08 株式会社ニコン Pattern forming apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
JPWO2007142351A1 (en) * 2006-06-09 2009-10-29 株式会社ニコン MOBILE DEVICE, EXPOSURE APPARATUS, EXPOSURE METHOD, AND DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
TWI434326B (en) * 2006-09-01 2014-04-11 尼康股份有限公司 Mobile body driving method and moving body driving system, pattern forming method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, component manufacturing method, and correcting method
JP4311425B2 (en) * 2006-09-07 2009-08-12 日立工機株式会社 Battery pack, charger, and power tool
WO2008038752A1 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Nikon Corporation Mobile unit system, pattern forming device, exposing device, exposing method, and device manufacturing method
KR101549709B1 (en) 2006-11-09 2015-09-11 가부시키가이샤 니콘 Holding unit position detecting system and exposure system moving method position detecting method exposure method adjusting method of detection system and device producing method
US7561280B2 (en) 2007-03-15 2009-07-14 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Displacement measurement sensor head and system having measurement sub-beams comprising zeroth order and first order diffraction components
JP2008300774A (en) * 2007-06-04 2008-12-11 Nikon Corp Method for managing exposure equipment, the exposure equipment, and method for manufacturing device
KR101546976B1 (en) * 2007-07-24 2015-08-24 가부시키가이샤 니콘 Position measuring system exposure device position measuring method exposure method device manufacturing method tool and measuring method
US8194232B2 (en) * 2007-07-24 2012-06-05 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, position control method and position control system, and device manufacturing method
US9256140B2 (en) * 2007-11-07 2016-02-09 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method with measurement device to measure movable body in Z direction
US8115906B2 (en) * 2007-12-14 2012-02-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body system, pattern formation apparatus, exposure apparatus and measurement device, and device manufacturing method
TWI602033B (en) * 2007-12-28 2017-10-11 Nippon Kogaku Kk Exposure apparatus, moving body driving system, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
JP5109805B2 (en) * 2008-05-23 2012-12-26 株式会社ニコン Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8325325B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2012-12-04 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8508735B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2013-08-13 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8994923B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2015-03-31 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8760629B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-06-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus including positional measurement system of movable body, exposure method of exposing object including measuring positional information of movable body, and device manufacturing method that includes exposure method of exposing object, including measuring positional information of movable body
US8902402B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-12-02 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8773635B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-07-08 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8553204B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-10-08 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8792084B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2014-07-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8970820B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2015-03-03 Nikon Corporation Object exchange method, exposure method, carrier system, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8355114B2 (en) * 2009-06-19 2013-01-15 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
US8488109B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2013-07-16 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
NL2005322A (en) * 2009-09-11 2011-03-14 Asml Netherlands Bv A shutter member, a lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method.
US20110096318A1 (en) 2009-09-28 2011-04-28 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method
US20110085150A1 (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-14 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
NL2005545A (en) * 2009-11-17 2011-05-18 Asml Netherlands Bv Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method.
US8488106B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2013-07-16 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9360772B2 (en) * 2011-12-29 2016-06-07 Nikon Corporation Carrier method, exposure method, carrier system and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101685263A (en) * 2004-02-02 2010-03-31 尼康股份有限公司 Stage drive method and stage drive apparatus, exposure apparatus, and device producing method
US20100157276A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, device manufacturing method, and carrier method
US20110164238A1 (en) * 2009-12-02 2011-07-07 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
HK1224024A1 (en) 2017-08-11
TWI624734B (en) 2018-05-21
US20170371249A1 (en) 2017-12-28
WO2014073120A1 (en) 2014-05-15
JP2015535615A (en) 2015-12-14
TW201832018A (en) 2018-09-01
TW201418896A (en) 2014-05-16
CN104919371B (en) 2018-07-31
CN104919371A (en) 2015-09-16
US9772564B2 (en) 2017-09-26
CN108919609A (en) 2018-11-30
HK1213642A1 (en) 2016-07-08
TW201734672A (en) 2017-10-01
JP6423797B2 (en) 2018-11-14
EP3029525A1 (en) 2016-06-08
JP2019008311A (en) 2019-01-17
US20140132940A1 (en) 2014-05-15
EP2917784A1 (en) 2015-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI628519B (en) Moving body apparatus, exposure apparatus, device manufacturing method
TWI641920B (en) Exposure apparatus, exposure method, method for manufacturing device
US9690209B2 (en) Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
TWI639057B (en) Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
JP5804301B2 (en) Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
TWI506378B (en) An exposure apparatus, an exposure method, an element manufacturing method, and a transport method
TWI503633B (en) Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP5348627B2 (en) MOBILE DEVICE, EXPOSURE APPARATUS, AND DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP5348629B2 (en) Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP6102230B2 (en) Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method